1

 

                DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

 

                      FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION

 

                CENTER FOR DRUG EVALUATION AND RESEARCH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                    DRUG SAFETY AND RISK MANAGEMENT

 

                       ADVISORY COMMITTEE (DSaRM)

 

                           COMMITTEE MEETING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         Wednesday, May 5, 2004

 

                               8:18 a.m.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                CDER Advisory Committee Conference Room.

                           5630 Fishers Lane

                          Rockville, Maryland

                                                                 2

 

                        P A R T I C I P A N T S

 

      DSaRM Committee Members:

 

      Peter A. Gross, M.D., Chair

      Shalini Jain, PA-C, M.B.A., Executive Secretary

 

      Michael R. Cohen, R.Ph., M.S., D.Sc.

      Stephanie Y. Crawford, Ph.D., M.P.H.

      Curt D. Furberg, M.D., Ph.D.

      Jacqueline S. Gardner, Ph.D. M.P.H.

      Arthur A. Levin, M.P.H.

      Henri R. Manasse, Jr., Ph.D.

      Robyn S. Shapiro, J.D.

      Annette Stemhagen, Dr.PH

      Brian L. Strom, M.D., M.P.H.

 

      GI Advisory Committee Members:

 

      Alexander H. Krist, M.D.

      Maria H. Sjogren, M.D.

 

      Consultant:

 

      Leslie Hendeles, Pharm.D.

 

      FDA Participants:

 

      Carol Holquist, R.Ph.

      Marci Lee, Pharm.D.

      Paul Seligman, M.D., M.P.H. [a.m. and p.m.]

      Vibhakar Shah, Ph.D.

      Eugene Sullivan, M.D.

 

      Mark Avigan, M.D., C.M.

      Julie Beitz, M.D.

      Robert Justice, M.D., M.S.

      Ann Marie Trentacosti, M.D.

                                                                 3

 

                            C O N T E N T S

      AGENDA ITEM                                             PAGE

 

      Call to Order and Opening Remarks, Introduction of

      Committee - Peter Gross, M.D., Chair, DSaRM                5

 

      Conflict of Interest Statement - Shalini Jain,

      PA-C, M.B.A., Executive Secretary, DSaRM                   8

 

      Opening Remarks - Paul Seligman, M.D., M.P.H.,

      Director, Office of Pharmacoepidemiology &

      Statistical Science (OPSS) and Acting Director,

      Office of Drug Safety (ODS)                               11

 

      FDA Presentations

 

      - Permeability of LDPE Vials:  A Clinical

        Perspective - Eugene Sullivan, M.D., Deputy

        Director, Division of Pulmonary Drug Products.          13

      - Medication Errors and Low-Density Polyethylene

        (LDPE) Plastic Vials - Marci Lee, Pharm.D.,

        Safety Evaluator, Division of Medication Errors

        and Technical Support                                   23

      - LDPE Vials for Inhalation Drug Products:  A

        Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls (CMC)

        Perspective - Vibhakar Shah, Ph.D., Chemist,

        Division of New Drug Chemistry II                       36

 

      Questions from Committee                                  55

 

      Industry Presentations

 

      - Container Labeling Options using rommelag Blow-

        Fill-Seal Technology - Mohammad Sadeghi, V.P.,

        Research/Development, Holopack International

        Corp.                                                   65

      - Labeling of LDPE Containers:  Options for

        Improving Identification for Prevention of

        Medication Errors - Rick Schindewolf, V.P. & GM,

        Biotechnology & Sterile Life Sciences, and

        Patrick Poisson, Director of Technical Services,

        Biotechnology & Sterile Life  Sciences, Cardinal

        Health                                                  90

      - American Association of Respiratory Therapy

        Care - Karen Stewart, M.S., R.R.T.                      93

 

      Questions from Committee                                  94

                                                                 4

 

                      C O N T E N T S (Continued)

 

      Open Public Hearing                                      106

 

      Introduction of LDPE Issues

                Paul Seligman, M.D., M.P.H.                    118

 

      Committee Discussion                                     118

 

      Committee Discussion (Continued)                         182

 

      Opening Remarks and Reintroduction of Advisory

      Committee - Peter Gross, M.D., Chair                     182

 

      Conflict of Interest Statement - Shalini Jain,

      PA-C., M.B.A.                                            185

 

      Introduction of Lotronex Issue - Paul Seligman,

      M.D., M.P.H.                                             187

 

      Open Public Hearing                                      189

 

      Sponsor Presentation

 

      Risk Management Program for Lotronex - Craig Metz,

      Ph.D., V.P., U.S. Regulatory Affairs,

      GlaxoSmithKline                                          206

 

      FDA Presentation

 

      Lotronex Update - Robert Justice, M.D., M.S.,

      Director, Division of Gastrointestinal and

      Coagulation Drug Products                                241

 

      Questions from Committee                                 248

 

      Adjourn                                                  298

 

                                                                 5

 

  1                      P R O C E E D I N G S

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  Good morning.  I'm Peter

 

  3   Gross.  I'm Chair of the Drug Safety and Risk

 

  4   Management Committee, and starting with the person

 

  5   at my left with that famous laugh, Brian Strom,

 

  6   would you please introduce yourself?

 

  7             DR. STROM:  Thank you.  I'm Brian Strom

 

  8   from the University of Pennsylvania.

 

  9             MS. JAIN:  You know what?  Before we go

 

 10   on, Brian, Peter and the rest of the committee as

 

 11   well as the division wanted to say a warm thank-you

 

 12   for serving on our committee.  You've been a great

 

 13   asset for a year and a half, and we realize that

 

 14   you're going to continue as consultant, and we just

 

 15   wanted to say thanks.

 

 16             DR. STROM:  It's been a real pleasure, and

 

 17   it was a hard decision to let the rotation happen.

 

 18   I've enjoyed it, but given other commitments back

 

 19   home--but it's been fun.

 

 20             MS. JAIN:  Thank you.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  You've been great, Brian.  We

 

 22   will continue to take advantage of your skills.

 

                                                                 6

 

  1             DR. MANASSE:  My name is Henri Manasse.

 

  2   I'm chief executive officer and executive vice

 

  3   president of the American Society of Health-System

 

  4   Pharmacists, a membership organization that

 

  5   represents about 32,000 pharmacists practicing in

 

  6   hospitals and organized health systems.

 

  7             MS. SHAPIRO:  Robyn Shapiro.  I'm a

 

  8   professor and director of the Center for the Study

 

  9   of Bioethics at the Medical College of Wisconsin.

 

 10             DR. STEMHAGEN:  I'm Annette Stemhagen.

 

 11   I'm Vice President of Strategic Development at

 

 12   Covance, a contract research organization, and I

 

 13   serve as an industry representative to this

 

 14   committee.

 

 15             DR. GARDNER:  Jacqueline Gardner,

 

 16   University of Washington, Department of Pharmacy.

 

 17             MR. LEVIN:  Art Levin, Center for Medical

 

 18   Consumers, and I serve as the consumer

 

 19   representative.

 

 20             DR. FURBERG:  Curt Furberg, professor of

 

 21   public health sciences at the Wake Forest

 

 22   University.

 

                                                                 7

 

  1             DR. HENDELES:  I'm Leslie Hendeles.  I'm a

 

  2   clinical pharmacist at the University of Florida,

 

  3   and I've done research on the bronchospastic

 

  4   effects of preservatives in nebulizer solutions.

 

  5             DR. CRAWFORD:  Good morning.  Stephanie

 

  6   Crawford, associate professor, College of Pharmacy,

 

  7   University of Illinois at Chicago.

 

  8             DR. COHEN:  Mike Cohen, Institute for Safe

 

  9   Medication Practices.

 

 10             DR. SELIGMAN:  Paul Seligman, Director,

 

 11   Office of Pharmacoepidemiology and Statistical

 

 12   Science, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research,

 

 13   FDA.

 

 14             DR. SULLVAN:  My name is Gene Sullivan.

 

 15   I'm the Deputy Director of the Division of

 

 16   Pulmonary and Allergy Drug Products here at FDA.

 

 17             MS. HOLQUIST:  I'm Carol Holquist.  I'm

 

 18   the Director of the Division of Medication Errors

 

 19   and Technical Support in the Office of Drug Safety,

 

 20   Center for Drug Evaluation and Research.

 

 21             DR. LEE:  Marci Lee, a pharmacist and

 

 22   safety evaluator in the Division of Medication

 

                                                                 8

 

  1   Errors and Technical Support.

 

  2             MS. JAIN:  Thank you, everyone.  My name

 

  3   is Shalini Jain.  I'm the Executive Secretary for

 

  4   the Drug Safety and Risk Management Advisory

 

  5   Committee.  I'll now read the conflict of interest

 

  6   statement for the meeting today.  The meeting issue

 

  7   is low-density polyethylene vials.

 

  8             The following announcement addresses the

 

  9   issue of conflict of interest with respect to this

 

 10   meeting and is made a part of the record to

 

 11   preclude even the appearance of such at this

 

 12   meeting.

 

 13             Based on the agenda, it has been

 

 14   determined that the topics of today's meeting are

 

 15   issues of broad applicability, and there are no

 

 16   products being approved at this meeting.  Unlike

 

 17   issues before a committee in which a particular

 

 18   product is discussed, issues of broader

 

 19   applicability involve many industrial sponsors and

 

 20   academic institutions.

 

 21             All special government employees have been

 

 22   screened for their financial interests as they may

 

                                                                 9

 

  1   apply to the general topics at hand.  To determine

 

  2   if any conflict of interest existed, the agency has

 

  3   reviewed the agenda and all relevant financial

 

  4   interests reported by the meeting participants.

 

  5   The Food and Drug Administration has granted

 

  6   general matters waivers to the special government

 

  7   employees participating in this meeting who require

 

  8   a waiver under Title 18, United States Code,

 

  9   Section 208.

 

 10             A copy of the waiver statements may be

 

 11   obtained by submitting a written request to the

 

 12   agency's Freedom of Information Office, Room 12A-30

 

 13   of the Parklawn Building.

 

 14             Because general topics impact so many

 

 15   entities, it is not prudent to recite all potential

 

 16   conflicts of interest as they apply to each member,

 

 17   consultants, and guest speaker.

 

 18             FDA acknowledges that there may be

 

 19   potential conflicts of interest, but because of the

 

 20   general nature of the discussion before the

 

 21   committee, these potential conflicts are mitigated.

 

 22             With respect to FDA's invited industry

 

                                                                10

 

  1   representative, we would like to disclose that Dr.

 

  2   Annette Stemhagen is participating in this meeting

 

  3   as an industry representative, acting on behalf of

 

  4   regulated industry.  Dr. Stemhagen is employed by

 

  5   Covance Periapproval Services, Incorporated.

 

  6             In addition, we would like to note that

 

  7   Karen Stewart, FDA's invited guest speaker, is

 

  8   participating as a representative of the

 

  9   respiratory therapists in the United States through

 

 10   the American Association for Respiratory Care.  She

 

 11   has no financial interest in or professional

 

 12   relationship with any of the products or firms that

 

 13   could be affected by the committee's discussions.

 

 14             With respect to the three invited industry

 

 15   guest speakers, we would like to disclose that

 

 16   Mohammad Sadeghi is employed by Holopack

 

 17   International,  Richard Schindewolf is employed by

 

 18   Cardinal Health and is vice president and general

 

 19   manager of Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences.

 

 20   Patrick Poisson is employed by Cardinal Health, and

 

 21   he serves as Director of Technical Services at the

 

 22   Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences division.

 

                                                                11

 

  1             In the event that the discussions involve

 

  2   any other products or firms not already on the

 

  3   agenda for which FDA participants have a financial

 

  4   interest, the participants' involvement and their

 

  5   exclusion will be noted for the record.

 

  6             With respect to all other participants, we

 

  7   ask in the interest of fairness that they address

 

  8   any current or previous financial involvement with

 

  9   any firm whose product they may wish to comment

 

 10   upon.

 

 11             Thank you.

 

        x                   DR. SELIGMAN:  Good morning.  On behalf of         

   12

 

 13   the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, it is

 

 14   my pleasure to welcome members of the Drug Safety

 

 15   and Risk Management Advisory Committee and members

 

 16   of the public to today's meeting.  As always, we

 

 17   greatly appreciate the time and efforts devoted by

 

 18   the committee members and all participants in

 

 19   providing advice to the FDA on important public

 

 20   health issues.

 

 21             We have two topics on the agenda for

 

 22   discussion today--the first related to the

 

                                                                12

 

  1   prevention of medication errors and the second

 

  2   providing an update on a risk management program

 

  3   that was considered by this committee two years ago

 

  4   and was implemented in 2002.

 

  5             The first topic will focus primarily on

 

  6   minimizing the incidence of medication errors with

 

  7   drug products packages in low-density polyethylene,

 

  8   or LDPE, containers.  The package is intended to

 

  9   preserve drug product purity and quality.  However,

 

 10   current techniques used to label the product create

 

 11   problems related to legibility of the product name

 

 12   and strength.  Additionally, various products are

 

 13   packaged in containers that look similar.  We've

 

 14   found that these difficult-to-read labels and

 

 15   look-alike containers have contributed to

 

 16   medication errors involving the administration of

 

 17   wrong dosage strength or wrong drug product to the

 

 18   patient.

 

 19             Today, we would like to discuss what other

 

 20   solutions or alternative packaging designs exist

 

 21   that could improve the legibility of the label,

 

 22   prevent ingress of chemical contaminants, and in

 

                                                                13

 

  1   the process reduce or eliminate medication errors.

 

  2   Then later this afternoon, we will receive an

 

  3   update on the Lotronex risk management program.

 

  4             With that brief introduction, I look

 

  5   forward to our discussions today and, again, I also

 

  6   want to personally thank Dr. Strom for his service

 

  7   on this committee.

 

  8             With that, I guess we may proceed with the

 

  9   first speaker.  Dr. Gross?

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Dr. Sullivan will be the first

 

 11   speaker on the Permeability of LDPE Vials:  A

 

 12   Clinical Perspective.

 

 13             DR. SULLIVAN:  Good morning.  As I

 

 14   mentioned, my name is Gene Sullivan.  By training

 

 15   I'm a pulmonologist, and I'm the Deputy Director of

 

 16   the Division of Pulmonary and Allergy Drug Products

 

 17   in the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research here

 

 18   at FDA.

 

 19             This morning, I'm going to spend about 15

 

 20   minutes or so providing some background for the

 

 21   discussions today.  I'll be conveying some clinical

 

 22   observations regarding issues raised by the use of

 

                                                                14

 

  1   LDPE vials in the packaging of inhalation drug

 

  2   products, particularly as it relates to the

 

  3   permeability of the vials.

 

  4             This slide provides an overview of my

 

  5   presentation.  I'll begin with some introductory

 

  6   remarks which will put my presentation into the

 

  7   context of today's discussions and will serve to

 

  8   introduce the remainder of the talk.  Next I will

 

  9   discuss the inhalation drug products that are

 

 10   involved, providing some examples and a brief

 

 11   description of the nature of these drugs.

 

 12   Following this, I will discuss the patient

 

 13   populations for which these drugs are used,

 

 14   emphasizing aspects of these populations that put

 

 15   them at risk for adverse effects of chemical

 

 16   contaminants.  Then I will discuss the potential

 

 17   sources of chemical contaminants, their potential

 

 18   adverse effects, and the difficulties that exist in

 

 19   terms of adequately monitoring for them.  Finally,

 

 20   I will summarize the issue and current state of

 

 21   affairs in order to set the stage for the remainder

 

 22   of today's discussion regarding minimizing the

 

                                                                15

 

  1   potential for medication errors.

 

  2             The topic for discussion for today's

 

  3   Advisory Committee meeting is how best to minimize

 

  4   the potential for medication errors associated with

 

  5   LDPE containers, particularly given the clinical

 

  6   concerns related to their permeability and the

 

  7   resulting move away from the paper labels that have

 

  8   previously been used to identify the products.  My

 

  9   presentation is intended to review the nature of

 

 10   these clinical concerns in order to provide

 

 11   background for the remainder of the discussions

 

 12   today.

 

 13             This slide summarizes the clinical

 

 14   concerns that I mentioned.  Many inhalation drug

 

 15   products are packaged in LDPE containers.  LDPE is

 

 16   a material that is permeable to volatile chemicals,

 

 17   and there are numerous volatile chemicals that

 

 18   exist in the immediate packaging environment.

 

 19   Volatile chemicals that find their way into

 

 20   inhalation solutions may have a number of adverse

 

 21   effects on the airways, and because these adverse

 

 22   effects may be poorly tolerated by patients,

 

                                                                16

 

  1   efforts should be made to minimize the potential

 

  2   for contamination of inhalation drug products.

 

  3   Such efforts have included minimizing the content

 

  4   of volatile chemicals in the immediate packaging

 

  5   environment.

 

  6             For instance, the practice of using paper

 

  7   labels, which are applied directly to the LDPE

 

  8   containers and which contain numerous volatile

 

  9   chemicals, is not recommended.  However, as you

 

 10   will see in subsequent presentations, the use of

 

 11   alternative labeling approaches has raised the

 

 12   issue of medication errors.

 

 13             Now, I also want to point out that my

 

 14   presentation is focused on the clinical concerns

 

 15   related to chemical contamination of these

 

 16   products.  In the next presentation, Dr. Shah will

 

 17   also talk about product quality concerns.  For

 

 18   instance, ingress of volatile chemicals might

 

 19   adversely affect the stability of the active drug

 

 20   substance in a particular drug product.

 

 21             This slide provides some examples of

 

 22   inhalation drug products that are packaged in LDPE

 

                                                                17

 

  1   containers.  They include bronchodilators, such as

 

  2   Albuterol, Ipatropium, Metaproterenol, and

 

  3   Levalbuterol; also a mass cell stabilizer, cromolyn

 

  4   sodium; an inhaled steroid, Budesonide; and an

 

  5   antibiotic, Tobramycin.

 

  6             These products are inhalation solutions,

 

  7   or sometimes suspensions, that are intended for

 

  8   oral inhalation using a nebulizer.  One thing to

 

  9   keep in mind is that the manufacturing processes

 

 10   and materials for inhalation products are very

 

 11   carefully controlled in order to maintain a very

 

 12   high standard of product purity.  That is, a

 

 13   significant amount of attention is paid to the

 

 14   manufacturing processes and the materials used so

 

 15   that the content of contaminants is minimized.

 

 16   This would include contaminants that arise during

 

 17   the manufacturing processes, so-called process of

 

 18   synthetic impurities; contaminants that arise due

 

 19   to degradation of components of the formulation; or

 

 20   the subject of today's concern, contaminants that

 

 21   enter the formulation from the packaging materials,

 

 22   so-called leachables.

 

                                                                18

 

  1             These drugs may be used in a regular

 

  2   dosing schedule or may be used as an as-needed

 

  3   basis, and the bronchodilator products in

 

  4   particular are common used in the inpatient and

 

  5   acute-care settings, including emergency

 

  6   departments and intensive care units.

 

  7             These inhalation products are used by

 

  8   patients with a variety of pulmonary disorders,

 

  9   most commonly patients with asthma, COPD--which is

 

 10   chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, a category

 

 11   of lung disease comprised of chronic bronchitis and

 

 12   emphysema--and cystic fibrosis.  Although these

 

 13   diseases are distinct, in general they are

 

 14   characterized by fixed or variable obstruction to

 

 15   airflow and a variety of patterns of histologic

 

 16   abnormalities, including various patterns of airway

 

 17   inflammation.  In addition, asthma in particular is

 

 18   associated with an underlying propensity for

 

 19   allergic responses.  And most of the diseases are

 

 20   associated with a sensitivity to nonspecific

 

 21   irritants which result in acute bronchospasm, a

 

 22   feature known as airway hyperresponsiveness.

 

                                                                19

 

  1             To focus specifically on asthmatics for a

 

  2   moment, asthmatics may react adversely to both

 

  3   nonspecific chemical irritants and to allergens to

 

  4   which they have developed specific immunity.

 

  5   Irritant reactions are characterized by symptoms of

 

  6   wheezing and shortness of breath.  It is well known

 

  7   that patients with severe asthma may react to very

 

  8   low levels of exposure to irritants.  Clinically,

 

  9   this is often related to perfumes, cleaning agents,

 

 10   or smoke in the environment.  In fact, we commonly

 

 11   make use of this feature of asthma to help

 

 12   establish the diagnosis using methacholine

 

 13   challenge testing.  In the methacholine challenge

 

 14   test, patients with suspect asthma are exposed to

 

 15   successively higher concentrations of this irritant

 

 16   in order to elicit bronchospasm.

 

 17             In addition to the nonspecific irritant

 

 18   reactions, asthmatics may also develop bronchospasm

 

 19   from inhaled allergens.  This allergic reaction is

 

 20   associated with both an acute early-phase broncho-

 

 21   constriction and a delayed late-phase response

 

 22   characterized by airway inflammation and airflow

 

                                                                20

 

  1   limitation.

 

  2             So what are the potential sources of

 

  3   contaminants in inhalation drug products packaged

 

  4   in LDPE?  In general, these are from volatile

 

  5   chemicals found in the labels and secondary bulk

 

  6   packaging.  These chemicals may be found in the

 

  7   various glues, inks, and lacquers that are used.

 

  8   One thing to point out is that the specific

 

  9   chemical nature of these inks, glues, et cetera,

 

 10   may, in fact, change after approval due to changes

 

 11   in the sources of these packaging materials.

 

 12             The FDA conducted an analytical survey of

 

 13   approved inhalation solutions marketed in LDPE

 

 14   containers and found that 29 of the 37 samples

 

 15   tested positive for various volatile chemicals that

 

 16   were presumed to have originated in the packaging

 

 17   materials.  Dr. Shah will describe this analysis in

 

 18   much more detail in his presentation later this

 

 19   morning.

 

 20             Chemical contaminants in inhalation drug

 

 21   products may be associated with a variety of

 

 22   adverse effects, including irritant and immunologic

 

                                                                21

 

  1   effects, leading to acute bronchospasm and airway

 

  2   inflammation and hyperresponsiveness, other toxicologic

 

  3   injury, or even potentially carcinogenicity.

 

  4             In terms of monitoring for adverse effects

 

  5   that might be attributed to chemical contaminants

 

  6   in these products, it is important to note that

 

  7   appropriate attribution may be very difficult

 

  8   because the expected adverse effects--bronchospasm

 

  9   and airway hyperresponsiveness--mimic the symptoms

 

 10   for which the drugs are being used.  This is a very

 

 11   difficult circumstance and makes it quite likely

 

 12   that adverse effects would not be recognized and

 

 13   reported.  For instance, modest bronchospasm

 

 14   related to chemical contaminants might lead to

 

 15   reduced efficacy of the drug, but this would likely

 

 16   not be identified.  Even if the adverse effect were

 

 17   more significant, the findings would likely be

 

 18   attributed to refractory underlying disease.

 

 19             So, to summarize, many inhalation drug

 

 20   products are packaged in low-density polyethylene

 

 21   containers.  This material is permeable to volatile

 

 22   chemicals.  Numerous volatile chemicals exist in

 

                                                                22

 

  1   the immediate packaging environment.

 

  2             Various volatile chemicals have, in fact,

 

  3   been identified in these products.  These volatile

 

  4   chemicals may have irritant as well as other

 

  5   toxicologic effects.  And because these effects may

 

  6   be particularly poorly tolerated by patients,

 

  7   efforts should be made to minimize the potential

 

  8   for contamination of inhalation drug products.

 

  9             It was this line of reasoning that in part

 

 10   led to the development of the Draft Guidance

 

 11   entitled "Inhalation Drug Products Packaged in

 

 12   Semipermeable Container Closure Systems."  Among

 

 13   other things, the Draft Guidance recommends that

 

 14   measures be taken to limit chemical contamination

 

 15   of these products.  One such measure would be the

 

 16   use of alternative approaches to paper labels, such

 

 17   as direct embossing or debossing of the containers.

 

 18             However, as will be discussed in

 

 19   subsequent presentations, the move away from paper

 

 20   labels has introduced a new concern, that of

 

 21   medication errors due to difficult-to-read and

 

 22   look-alike packaging.  The issue of how best to

 

                                                                23

 

  1   minimize the potential for medication errors will

 

  2   be the topic for today's discussion.

 

  3             DR. GROSS:  Thank you, Dr. Sullivan.

 

  4             The next speaker will be Shah.

 

  5             MS. JAIN:  He is not here.

 

  6             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Later for Dr. Shah.

 

  7             Dr. Marci Lee will now talk about

 

  8   medication errors and low-density polyethylene

 

  9   plastic vials.

 

 10             DR. LEE:  Good morning.  My name is Marci

 

 11   Lee.  I am a pharmacist and safety evaluator in the

 

 12   Division of Medication Errors and Technical Support

 

 13   in the Office of Drug Safety.

 

 14             The purpose of this presentation is to

 

 15   describe medication error reports and feedback from

 

 16   patients and practitioners involving products

 

 17   packaged in LDPE containers.  I will focus on some

 

 18   factors we identified that may contribute to

 

 19   confusion and errors with these products.  Finally,

 

 20   I will describe packaging and labeling approaches

 

 21   for your consideration.

 

 22             Our error analysis included in your

 

                                                                24

 

  1   background package was from 87 relevant reports.

 

  2   These came from patients, caregivers, and

 

  3   practitioners, such as respiratory therapists and

 

  4   pharmacists, who reported to the programs listed.

 

  5   These reports were received between January 1993

 

  6   and August 2002.  Many reports involved difficulty

 

  7   reading embossed product containers.  Some reports

 

  8   were actual errors where the wrong medication or

 

  9   the wrong dosage strengths were dispensed.

 

 10   Although some of these were detected before the

 

 11   medication was administered to the patient, some

 

 12   were not.  The outcomes of these reports ranged

 

 13   from no harm to difficulty breathing, which can be

 

 14   life-threatening.  The remainder of the reports

 

 15   described the potential for confusion and errors

 

 16   with these products.  Subsequently, as of April

 

 17   2004, 51 additional relevant medication error

 

 18   reports were identified for a total of 138 reports.

 

 19             In addition to our analysis, FDA received

 

 20   correspondence from ISMP, USP, and Senator Harkin

 

 21   regarding the safe use of products packaged in LDPE

 

 22   containers.

 

                                                                25

 

  1             Several themes emerged from the narratives

 

  2   of the medication error reports as factors that can

 

  3   contribute to errors.  They include

 

  4   difficult-to-read containers, look-alike packaging,

 

  5   and routine handling of LDPE by patients and health

 

  6   care practitioners.

 

  7             Some of the slides for this portion of the

 

  8   presentation will include direct quotes from the

 

  9   error reporters.  The first contributing factor to

 

 10   consider is the difficult-to-read labeling.

 

 11   Concern was expressed in a medication error report

 

 12   because it is difficult to see the name of the drug

 

 13   and its ingredients.  Another person noted that if

 

 14   the lot and expiration date are on opposite sides

 

 15   of the same area of plastic, it is even more

 

 16   difficult to read.  In addition, practitioners

 

 17   described how the vials needed to be angled in the

 

 18   light to read them.  For some, the text is

 

 19   difficult or impossible to read.

 

 20             In addition to difficult-to-read

 

 21   containers, another concern from the medication

 

 22   error perspective is the issue of look-alike

 

                                                                26

 

  1   packaging.  Often there is very little on the

 

  2   container itself to help people distinguish these

 

  3   products.

 

  4             This photo accompanied one medication

 

  5   error report.  It highlights the potential for

 

  6   confusion from look-alike vials from just a few of

 

  7   the products available in these containers.  Almost

 

  8   all of these vials contain a different drug

 

  9   product.  The paper labels and the unique round

 

 10   vial shape help to differentiate three of the vials

 

 11   from the rest.  However, these two can be difficult

 

 12   to read.

 

 13             In addition, this problem spans various

 

 14   drug classes and routes of administration.  This

 

 15   complicates the picture for practitioners and

 

 16   creates the opportunity for errors to occur among

 

 17   inhalation, injection, ophthalmic, and oral

 

 18   products.

 

 19             In this case, heparin is an injectable

 

 20   medication.  This photo was included with the

 

 21   report of potential for confusion between heparin

 

 22   and Tobramycin due to look-alike containers. 

 

                                                                27

 

  1   Pharmacies may store a variety of these products,

 

  2   and the potential for confusion will likely

 

  3   increase as we see more products other than

 

  4   inhalation solutions packaged in the LDPE

 

  5   containers.  This increases the likelihood for

 

  6   administration of the wrong drug product by the

 

  7   wrong route of administration.

 

  8             Another example of an injectable drug

 

  9   product with similar packaging is Naropin.  These

 

 10   ampules are specially design to fit both Luer lock

 

 11   and Luer slip syringes.  Although this feature may

 

 12   minimize the likelihood for confusion with the

 

 13   other LDPE containers, there is still potential for

 

 14   confusion between the dosage strengths within the

 

 15   Naropin product line.  This vial includes black

 

 16   type on a clear background.  Again, for some this

 

 17   may be difficult to read.

 

 18             Timoptic OCUDOSE is an example of an

 

 19   ophthalmic solution packaged in an LDPE container.

 

 20   This image shows that the tip of the container has

 

 21   been extended to allow for a label.  However, there

 

 22   may be potential for contamination despite the

 

                                                                28

 

  1   placement of this label.

 

  2             Gastrocom is an example of a product for

 

  3   oral administration that is packaged in an LDPE

 

  4   container.  This image illustrates the instructions

 

  5   for use.

 

  6             In summary, there are least four different

 

  7   routes of administration for products packaged in

 

  8   LDPE containers.  Again, this complicates the

 

  9   picture for practitioners and creates the

 

 10   opportunity for errors to occur among inhalation,

 

 11   injection, ophthalmic, and oral drug products.

 

 12             We have discussed several issues that

 

 13   contribute to medication errors with LDPE

 

 14   containers.  We have seen examples of containers

 

 15   that are difficult to read and difficult to

 

 16   distinguish from one another.  We have noted that

 

 17   the look-alike contains look-alike containers are

 

 18   not from a single drug product category or

 

 19   associated with a single route of administration.

 

 20   Now we will explore how routine handling of LDPE

 

 21   containers by patients and practitioners can

 

 22   contribute to errors.

 

                                                                29

 

  1             The foil overwrap serves to protect the

 

  2   containers from light and the environment.  It is

 

  3   recommended that the containers are stored in the

 

  4   foil overwrap until time of use.  However, the

 

  5   reality is that the foil overwraps are commonly

 

  6   discarded.  Once discarded, the clearly labeled

 

  7   portion of the packaging is often eliminated.

 

  8             One reason noted in our analysis for the

 

  9   overwrap to be removed is an effort to fit the

 

 10   products into a medication cart.  The foil overwrap

 

 11   and carton for many inhalation solutions use color

 

 12   to differentiate the dosage strength.  Most foil

 

 13   overwraps contain multiple unit dose LDPE vials.

 

 14   For example, the foil overwrap for Xopenex contains

 

 15   12 vials.

 

 16             Carol, if you'll pass the sample?

 

 17             This image includes the 12 vials which are

 

 18   contents of a single foil pouch of Xopenex.  All of

 

 19   the vials in this image are the same dosage

 

 20   strength.  However, Xopenex is available in three

 

 21   different dosage strengths.  The vials for all

 

 22   three strengths look alike when they are removed

 

                                                                30

 

  1   from the foil.  Although the foil helps to

 

  2   differentiate them, it is possible that these vials

 

  3   may not remain in the foil pouch until their time

 

  4   of use.  These individual LDPE containers can be

 

  5   stored in a variety of places once removed from the

 

  6   foil overwrap.

 

  7             It is a common practice for LDPE

 

  8   containers to be stored in the pockets or pouches

 

  9   of the practitioners who administer these

 

 10   medications.  In summary, while it is possible for

 

 11   various products to have clearly marked foil

 

 12   overwraps, as long as the containers themselves are

 

 13   poorly marked there is still potential for

 

 14   confusion.

 

 15             Once the container leaves the foil

 

 16   overwraps, it no longer matters how well labeled

 

 17   the foil pouch is.  This is a concern, regardless

 

 18   of the number of vials contained in the foil

 

 19   overwrap.  However, a single container in the foil

 

 20   pouch may minimize the likelihood for the vial to

 

 21   become separated from the overwrap.

 

 22             At this point we would like to stimulate

 

                                                                31

 

  1   ideas for discussion about how to address the

 

  2   issues that have been raised so far.  The remainder

 

  3   of this presentation will include a series of

 

  4   photos.  These images will highlight various

 

  5   packaging and labeling approaches to consider.

 

  6   Remember to keep in mind who will be using the

 

  7   products and how they will be used.  Our goal is to

 

  8   identify packaging that will resolve our concerns

 

  9   but not introduce any new problems for those who

 

 10   manufacture or use the products.

 

 11             The paper label approach allows for use of

 

 12   color to distinguish look-alike vials.  For some,

 

 13   these may difficult to read due to the small font

 

 14   size of the text.  The reports in our analysis

 

 15   demonstrated that some people may identify these

 

 16   medications by the color of their label alone.

 

 17   Based on the earlier presentation, we learned of

 

 18   the potential safety and product quality concerns

 

 19   with this approach for inhalation solutions.

 

 20             Although this packaging no longer appears

 

 21   to be used for Timoptic, this image illustrates

 

 22   another approach with paper labels.  The paper

 

                                                                32

 

  1   label is applied to the tip of the container.  The

 

  2   packaging allows for use of color to differentiate

 

  3   the containers and dosage strengths.  However, it

 

  4   may not address the potential for ingress.

 

  5             Again, consider the size of the label and

 

  6   the potential font size issues which may make the

 

  7   text difficult to read.

 

  8             We have a sample of this also going

 

  9   around.

 

 10             Here is an approach that extends the tip

 

 11   of the container to allow for the text to be

 

 12   embossed in the flange instead of the body of the

 

 13   vial.  This approach allows for more space for

 

 14   printed text; however, if both sides are embossed,

 

 15   they tend to interfere with the readability of the

 

 16   text.

 

 17             In contrast, this approach includes an

 

 18   embossed container without an extended flange.  In

 

 19   addition, the container is topped with the letter

 

 20   V-shaped tip.  In this case, V is for Ventolin.

 

 21   This approach allows for use of the unique vial

 

 22   shape and possibly texture to help differentiate

 

                                                                33

 

  1   the product.

 

  2             Another approach used to differentiate the

 

  3   various products in LDPE vials is the use of the

 

  4   embossed letters A, I, and R at the tip of the

 

  5   container.  In addition to a visual cue, the vial

 

  6   makes use of texture to distinguish the products.

 

  7   A is for Albuterol, I is for Ipatropium, and so on.

 

  8   Again, for some this is difficult to read.

 

  9             One approach that has contributed to

 

 10   medication errors with acetylcysteine is the use of

 

 11   a glass vial.  The packaging has led to medication

 

 12   errors where practitioners inject the product

 

 13   instead of administering the drug via inhalation

 

 14   because the vials look similar to those that

 

 15   contain an injectable product.  According to the

 

 16   May 30, 2001, ISMP newsletter article, these error

 

 17   occur despite warnings on the label that state "Not

 

 18   for injection" or "For inhalation."  In addition,

 

 19   they have a target area on the rubber stopper

 

 20   similar to the injectable products.

 

 21             Another approach used to distinguish these

 

 22   products includes the use of a uniquely shaped

 

                                                                34

 

  1   container.  Although these round vials distinguish

 

  2   Pulmicort from other drug products, it is difficult

 

  3   to differentiate between the two dosage strengths

 

  4   of Pulmicort once they are removed from the foil.

 

  5   The image on the right illustrates what the

 

  6   containers look like once the foil overwrap is

 

  7   removed.

 

  8             Some products, such as sodium chloride

 

  9   inhalation solution, utilize a tinted vial as a

 

 10   means of differentiation.  This approach allows for

 

 11   the use of color to help differentiate the

 

 12   containers from other products.  However, this

 

 13   particular packaging has not been evaluated by CDER

 

 14   at FDA.  These vials also include embossed text.

 

 15             Another approach is the shrink wrap

 

 16   approach which allows for the combination of

 

 17   embossed information on the end of the vial and the

 

 18   use of black print on a clear background.  Again,

 

 19   for some this may be difficult to read.  The

 

 20   printed portion of this label clings to the vials

 

 21   without adhesives, eliminating one potential source

 

 22   of packaging contamination.  However, there are

 

                                                                35

 

  1   still sources of volatile chemicals with the shrink

 

  2   wrap approach.

 

  3             There's also a sample of this going

 

  4   around.  The individual foil overwrap approach was

 

  5   described in the Draft Guidance that Dr. Sullivan

 

  6   referred to in his presentation.  This method will

 

  7   protect the drug product from contamination from

 

  8   the environment and minimize the opportunity for

 

  9   contamination from the packaging itself.

 

 10             Each foil overwrap contains a single vial.

 

 11   This is thought to increase the likelihood of the

 

 12   pouch staying with the container and minimize the

 

 13   risk for errors.  The overwrap allows for the use

 

 14   of color and other means of differentiation to help

 

 15   distinguish these products.

 

 16             At this time we are seeking other ideas

 

 17   and approaches to consider.  What other materials

 

 18   could we use?  What has been done for other

 

 19   products?  What will meet the needs of those using

 

 20   the products in both the inpatient and outpatient

 

 21   setting?  How should FDA evaluate any proposed

 

 22   changes?

 

                                                                36

 

  1             Also ask yourself, Will it prevent

 

  2   contamination from secondary packaging in the

 

  3   environment?  Will it be difficult to read?  Will

 

  4   it look like other containers?  Will it create new

 

  5   problems?  Will it be difficult to use?  And,

 

  6   finally, should inhalation products be handled

 

  7   separately from products with other routes of

 

  8   administration?  We look forward to hearing your

 

  9   ideas and suggestions.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  To round out the

 

 11   presentations, Dr. Shah will talk about the

 

 12   perspective for chemistry, manufacturing, and

 

 13   controls.

 

 14             DR. SHAH:  Good morning.  My name is

 

 15   Vibhakar Shah, and I'm a chemist in the Office of

 

 16   New Drug Chemistry for Pulmonary and Allergy Drug

 

 17   Products.  Before I start, I would like to

 

 18   apologize for my delay.  I was stuck in traffic for

 

 19   almost one and a half hours.  Let me tell you, it's

 

 20   not a pleasant experience.  But, in any case,

 

 21   that's life.  And I'm sure when we move to White

 

 22   Oak it's going to get worse.

 

                                                                37

 

  1             [Laughter.]

 

  2             DR. SHAH:  You were supposed to hear this

 

  3   talk before Marci's talk, but, anyway, here it

 

  4   goes.

 

  5             You already heard from Dr. Sullivan the

 

  6   clinical concerns arising due to the permeability

 

  7   of LDPE vials, especially when used with paper

 

  8   labels for inhalation drug products, and also you

 

  9   heard some of the medication errors which are

 

 10   caused because of legibility issues with the paper

 

 11   labels.  And I'm going to talk about in the next 20

 

 12   minutes regarding the problems and issues with

 

 13   product quality concerns arising due to the use of

 

 14   LDPE containers, with or without paper labels and

 

 15   with or without overwrap, for these drug products.

 

 16             In the context of today's discussion, my

 

 17   presentation will also focus on how best to

 

 18   minimize the potential medication errors given the

 

 19   quality concerns associated with these container

 

 20   closures.

 

 21             With that, this slide gives you the

 

 22   outline of my talk.  I'm going to start with a

 

                                                                38

 

  1   brief introduction to the type of inhalation drug

 

  2   products that are packaged in LDPE containers, and

 

  3   after that I'll be overviewing the current

 

  4   container-closure systems that are used.  Following

 

  5   that, I would like to discuss the results of an

 

  6   analytical survey conducted by the agency for

 

  7   several inhalation drug products under the Drug

 

  8   Product Quality Surveillance Program.  This survey

 

  9   particularly identified the clinical concerns as

 

 10   well as the quality concerns arising from the drug

 

 11   product contamination by packaging components

 

 12   because of the permeability of LDPE.

 

 13             Following that, I would like to discuss

 

 14   some of the quality concerns arising with the use

 

 15   of LDPE vials, with or without paper label and foil

 

 16   overwrap.  I will discuss the agency's current

 

 17   approaches to control and minimize the product

 

 18   contamination from packaging components and discuss

 

 19   current recommendations for packaging of inhalation

 

 20   drug products as provided in the Draft Guidance.

 

 21   And I will end my presentation with summarizing the

 

 22   quality concerns, what I have discussed so far.

 

                                                                39

 

  1             This slide lists the inhalation dosage

 

  2   forms administered by oral inhalation, and these

 

  3   drug products include inhalation solutions,

 

  4   suspensions, spray, inhalation aerosol, and

 

  5   inhalation powder.  However, for today's

 

  6   discussion, the remainder of the talk will focus on

 

  7   inhalation solutions and suspensions as they are

 

  8   the only two dosage forms that are packaged in LDPE

 

  9   containers.

 

 10             This slide you have already seen in Dr.

 

 11   Sullivan's presentation.  It just shows the type of

 

 12   drug products which are packaged into LDPE

 

 13   containers.

 

 14             Currently, inhalation solutions and

 

 15   suspensions are packaged in LDPE vials, and there

 

 16   are three components, basically:  LDPE vials, vial

 

 17   labels, and foil overwrap pouch.  Not all the

 

 18   inhalation solutions and suspensions may have foil

 

 19   overwrap pouch or adhesive paper label.  But in any

 

 20   case, the unit-dose vial--that is, the LDPE

 

 21   vial--is made up of low-density polyethylene by

 

 22   blow-fill-seal or form-fill-seal process.  The

 

                                                                40

 

  1   labeling information on a vial is conveyed either

 

  2   by a self-adhesive printed paper label or by

 

  3   embossing or debossing the labeling information on

 

  4   the LDPE vial itself during the fabrication of the

 

  5   vial.

 

  6             Foil overwrap acts as a protective

 

  7   secondary package and may contain anywhere from one

 

  8   to 12 vials per pouch.  The labeling information

 

  9   may be conveyed by a self-adhesive paper label on

 

 10   the foil overwrap, or the foil overwrap may be

 

 11   printed.  Furthermore, different colors for foil

 

 12   pouches may be used to differentiate the multiple

 

 13   strengths of the drug product.

 

 14             Now, let me go over the container-closure

 

 15   components of the LDPE vial, paper label, and

 

 16   foil-laminate.  I'll start the LDPE vial.

 

 17             The unit-dose vial, which is made up of

 

 18   low-density polyethylene, is chemically a

 

 19   polyethylene homo-polymer resin.  The polyethylene

 

 20   resin is made by polymerization process and may

 

 21   contain several chemical additives in addition to

 

 22   the reactant polymer.  They include chain transfer

 

                                                                41

 

  1   agent, chain initiator, antioxidant, so on and so

 

  2   forth.

 

  3             Furthermore, it is available in different

 

  4   grades for different applications.  That indicates

 

  5   that the composition of the LDPE may change

 

  6   depending upon how it is being used.  There are

 

  7   many manufacturers and suppliers of this LDPE.

 

        T1B                 This slide lists some of the               8

 

  9   characteristics and properties offered by LDPE or

 

 10   LDPE vials which probably makes it a material of

 

 11   choice for packaging of inhalation solution and

 

 12   suspensions from a manufacturer's point of view.

 

 13   These include:  they are flexible and malleable;

 

 14   stress crack, impact, and tear resistant; they are

 

 15   considered chemically inert at room temperature; or

 

 16   it may be used at elevated temperature for extended

 

 17   periods of time; or it can be sterilized.  They are

 

 18   used on high-speed production lines and,

 

 19   aesthetically, they can be clear to translucent in

 

 20   appearance.

 

 21             However, it is permeable to volatile

 

 22   chemicals and gases, and because of this

 

                                                                42

 

  1   permeability, there are several quality concerns

 

  2   which I'll be discussing later in my talk.

 

  3             The next I would like to talk about is the

 

  4   paper label, the components of a self-adhesive

 

  5   paper label and how it may contribute to the

 

  6   quality concerns of inhalation solutions and

 

  7   suspensions.

 

  8             Typically, a paper label consists of a

 

  9   base paper, adhesive, inks, pigments and dyes,

 

 10   varnishes, over-lacquer, et cetera, and depending

 

 11   upon the application, the base paper may contain or

 

 12   may be treated with all or many of the chemicals

 

 13   that I have listed here.

 

 14             Adhesive is the layer which comes in

 

 15   immediate contact with the LDPE vial when it is use

 

 16   with self-adhesive paper labels.  This slide lists

 

 17   typical chemical composition of an adhesive.  This

 

 18   is not an all-inclusive list.  There are many more

 

 19   proprietary chemicals used in the formulation of

 

 20   these adhesives.  Depending upon the physical

 

 21   chemical properties of these chemicals, that is to

 

 22   say, volatility, they may permeate through the LDPE

 

                                                                43

 

  1   vial into the drug product.

 

  2             I have listed here some of the

 

  3   over-lacquer components.  Over-lacquer is an

 

  4   evaporative(?) coating which is typically comprised

 

  5   of chemicals such as plasticizers, resins,  (?)

 

  6   solvents, diluents, surfactants, and many more.

 

  7   Some of these chemicals are proprietary in nature.

 

  8   Over-lacquer, or varnish, may be used for a

 

  9   transparent glassy appearance of the label, also a

 

 10   stabilizer for the print work and art work, or it

 

 11   can be used as a protective barrier to the moisture

 

 12   and overall to extend the longevity of the label.

 

 13   Again, in this case also, depending upon the

 

 14   physical chemical properties of some of these

 

 15   chemicals and their constituents, also the

 

 16   concentration and storage conditions, these

 

 17   chemicals may have a potential to permeate through

 

 18   the LDPE vials into the drug product.

 

 19             These are typical ink components.  One may

 

 20   think that ink might be just a single-component

 

 21   formulation.  However, if you look at it, there is

 

 22   more than one chemical included into the ink

 

                                                                44

 

  1   formulation.  And, again, these are also propriety

 

  2   formulations.

 

  3             These ink formulations may be  (?)-based

 

  4   or organic solvent-based, and depending upon the

 

  5   brand of solvents which are used in the

 

  6   formulation, they may have a potential to permeate

 

  7   through the LDPE vials into the drug product.

 

  8             The last I would like to talk about is the

 

  9   foil-laminate.  Primarily, foil-laminate is used as

 

 10   a protective secondary packaging for the drug

 

 11   formulations that may be sensitive to light and

 

 12   react to gases such as oxygen.

 

 13             Typically, foil-laminate is a flexible

 

 14   packaging composed of multiple layers of various

 

 15   types of plastic films which are fused together

 

 16   either by heat or pressure-sensitive adhesives

 

 17   applied to one or both sides of an aluminum foil.

 

 18   In this cartoon, aluminum foil is represented by

 

 19   layer D, and as you can see, the whole foil

 

 20   overwrap surrounds the drug product vial on an

 

 21   automated packaging line.

 

 22             The thickness of aluminum foil, which is

 

                                                                45

 

  1   D, and the number of pinholes per unit area are

 

  2   crucial for ensuring the consistent barrier to

 

  3   permeability.  Furthermore, each of the composite

 

  4   layers may contain volatility chemicals, organic

 

  5   solvents, as they are used in adhesives, which may

 

  6   permeate through a LDPE vial into the drug product,

 

  7   especially the adhesive layer that is closer to the

 

  8   drug product.  In this case, that is shown by G.

 

  9   So the composition of these are very critical.  One

 

 10   has to really have a knowledge of its composition

 

 11   before they can be selected for the foil overwrap.

 

 12   Alternate approaches to adhesive can be considered,

 

 13   such as fusion of the multiple layers of

 

 14   foil-laminate by heat-set process.

 

 15             In addition to the clinical concerns

 

 16   discussed by Dr. Sullivan, the permeability of LDPE

 

 17   raises several quality concerns, and these are

 

 18   listed on this slide, mainly the drug product

 

 19   contamination through ingress of volatile chemicals

 

 20   which may be originating from the environment that

 

 21   may be irritant or toxic to the respiratory tract

 

 22   and may sensitize individuals; drug product

 

                                                                46

 

  1   degradation because of the reactive gases and light

 

  2   that permeate through the LDPE vial and cause

 

  3   degradation of the drug product; and change in

 

  4   product concentration because of the water

 

  5   evaporation through the LDPE vials.  This in turn

 

  6   can accelerate the drug product degradation because

 

  7   of the concentration of the drug product.

 

  8             Now, let me share with you the results of

 

  9   an analytical survey of approved NDA and ANDA

 

 10   inhalation solutions marketed in LDPE vials without

 

 11   protective overwrap.  The basis for this survey was

 

 12   a large-scale voluntary recall of inhalation

 

 13   solution by a firm due to contamination of the drug

 

 14   product with 1-phenoxypropanol.  This is a known

 

 15   component present in the packaging components.

 

 16   This recall was conducted with FDA's knowledge and

 

 17   followed by a health hazard evaluation.  It was

 

 18   later found out that the source of this chemical

 

 19   was the varnish or over-lacquer that was used for a

 

 20   shelf carton.

 

 21             Alarmed by this incident, the agency was

 

 22   concerned that there may be other inhalation drug

 

                                                                47

 

  1   products with such contamination from packaging

 

  2   components.  As a result, it was decided to conduct

 

  3   a product quality survey of some of the marketed

 

  4   inhalation solutions.

 

  5             This was initiated by the Office of

 

  6   Generic Drugs in consultation with the Division of

 

  7   Pulmonary and Allergy Drug Products and in

 

  8   coordination with the Office of Compliance, Office

 

  9   of Regulatory Affairs, field offices, and Pacific

 

 10   Regional Laboratory.  Seven ANDAs and one NDA for

 

 11   inhalation solutions covering five different drug

 

 12   substances were selected.

 

 13             There were 38 samples representing 37 lots

 

 14   of various drug products in LDPE vials without a

 

 15   protective overwrap foil pouch.  The samples were

 

 16   screened for potential volatile chemicals which are

 

 17   known to be present in the packaging components,

 

 18   such as vanillin, 2-phenoxyethanol, and

 

 19   1-phenoxy-2-propanol by sensitive analytical

 

 20   techniques such as GCMS and HPLC methods.  Let me

 

 21   share the results of this survey.

 

 22             Twenty-nine out of 38 samples tested

 

                                                                48

 

  1   positive for chemical contamination originating

 

  2   from packaging components.  Five known chemical

 

  3   contaminants, as listed below, were detected

 

  4   originating from packaging, such as benzophenone,

 

  5   polyethylene glycol, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethanol,

 

  6   2-(2-ethoxyethoxy) ethanol acetate, and

 

  7   2-hydroxy-2-methylpropriophenone.

 

  8             A health hazard evaluation was conducted

 

  9   at the levels these components were detected in

 

 10   these drug products.  However, it was indicated

 

 11   that the levels of these components did not raise

 

 12   sufficient safety concern in the intended

 

 13   population to warrant a recall of these drug

 

 14   products.  Nonetheless, the following issues were

 

 15   of concern:

 

 16             It was indicated that potential for these

 

 17   chemicals to cause bronchospasm at levels detected

 

 18   is unknown, especially in patients with respiratory

 

 19   diseases.

 

 20             It was also indicated that concentration

 

 21   of these chemicals might be grater at the end of

 

 22   expiry than what was detected at the time they were

 

                                                                49

 

  1   tested.

 

  2             It also showed that permeation through

 

  3   LDPE vial is a real phenomenon.

 

  4             It was also concluded that additional

 

  5   chemicals may be present, but may not get detected

 

  6   because the analytical techniques which were used

 

  7   may not be suitable, not knowing what components

 

  8   might be present into those solutions.

 

  9             And, also, future changes in the materials

 

 10   used in labeling and packaging may result in

 

 11   contamination with different chemicals.

 

 12             So, in a nutshell, product contamination

 

 13   can occur because of the formulation component

 

 14   degradation or by leaching of chemical constituents

 

 15   from packaging components, such as resin components

 

 16   I have listed, paper label components, foil

 

 17   overwrap components, cartons, and environment.

 

 18             These are the typical extractable or

 

 19   leachable components which have been found in the

 

 20   drug product from packaging components.  Some of

 

 21   them are irganox 129, 2, 2, 6-trimethyloctane,

 

 22   which is coming from resin components.  Some of the

 

                                                                50

 

  1   paper label components that we have seen is benzoic

 

  2   acid, ethyl phthalate, benzophenone, danocur 1173,

 

  3   cyclic phthalates.  From the foil overwrap, we have

 

  4   seen methacrylic acid, 2-phenoxyethanol, and some

 

  5   of the organic solvents such as acetone,

 

  6   2-butanone, ethylacetate, propylacetate, heptane,

 

  7   and toluene.  And from cartons, methacrylic acid

 

  8   and 1-phenoxy-2-propanol.

 

  9             So this raises a significant quality

 

 10   concern, and there are several other factors.

 

 11   These are the factors.  Because of the proprietary

 

 12   nature of components and composition of this

 

 13   packaging material, we may not know what is present

 

 14   in the solution.  The composition of these

 

 15   components which are present in the packaging may

 

 16   change without the knowledge of applicant and the

 

 17   agency.  And you cannot detect if you don't know

 

 18   what you are looking for.  As a result, there is no

 

 19   one analytical procedure to detect unknown chemical

 

 20   contaminants.  And there is incomplete

 

 21   toxicological data or information available for

 

 22   many of these identified chemical contaminants. 

 

                                                                51

 

  1   And as the environmental conditions change, that

 

  2   may introduce new contaminants.

 

  3             So what are the potential approaches the

 

  4   agency has taken to minimize and control the

 

  5   contamination from packaging components to the

 

  6   extent possible?  Our approach has been and we have

 

  7   recommended that characterize or identify all

 

  8   possible extractables and establish a profile for

 

  9   each packaging component, for resin, vial, paper

 

 10   label, foil-laminate overwrap.

 

 11             What I mean by extractable is extractable

 

 12   is a chemical compound, which can be volatile or

 

 13   non-volatile, that gets extracted from a packaging

 

 14   component in a suitable solvent by utilizing

 

 15   optimum extraction conditions, such as time and

 

 16   temperature.

 

 17             Extractable profile for a given packaging

 

 18   component typically can be a chromatogram

 

 19   representing all possible extractables.

 

 20             After that, establish a correlation

 

 21   between extractable and its leachable potential,

 

 22   and what I mean by leachable is leachable is any

 

                                                                52

 

  1   chemical compound that leaches into the drug

 

  2   product formulation either from a packaging

 

  3   component or a local environment on storage through

 

  4   expiry of the drug product.  An extractable can be

 

  5   a leachable.

 

  6             And to ensure batch-to-batch consistency

 

  7   of the drug product, appropriate specification for

 

  8   a leachable is established based on its

 

  9   qualification and observed levels in the drug

 

 10   product on storage.

 

 11             As a result, the next approach is we asked

 

 12   them to set meaningful acceptance criteria for a

 

 13   given extractable in corresponding incoming

 

 14   packaging components based on its qualification

 

 15   level and actual observed data.  Once that is

 

 16   accomplished, meaningful acceptance criteria for a

 

 17   given leachable based on actual observed data in

 

 18   the drug product also be established.

 

 19             These are the recommendations we have

 

 20   provided in the Draft Guidance.  We have

 

 21   recommended that adequate knowledge of composition

 

 22   and physico-chemical properties of packaging

 

                                                                53

 

  1   components is essential for appropriate selection

 

  2   of these components.  We discourage paper label

 

  3   directly on the LDPE vial and encourage alternative

 

  4   approaches, including embossing or debossing, in

 

  5   lieu of the paper label on the LDPE vial because of

 

  6   the reasons I discussed, because of the product

 

  7   contamination.  This can be accomplished by

 

  8   extended bottom flanges to unit-dose vial that can

 

  9   carry essential vial labeling information and can

 

 10   retain the product identity.

 

 11             We have also recommended use of protective

 

 12   overwrap foil pouch for the LDPE unit-dose vial.

 

 13   This in turn can minimize the ingress and leaching

 

 14   of chemical contaminants from the local environment

 

 15   provided that the components that have been

 

 16   selected for the fabrication of the overwrap foil

 

 17   pouch are appropriately selected.

 

 18             The self-adhesive paper label on a foil

 

 19   pouch or pre-printed foil pouch is also

 

 20   recommended, and different color schemes to

 

 21   differentiate multiple strengths of the drug

 

 22   product is also recommended.  This in turn can

 

                                                                54

 

  1   prevent ingress or leaching of chemical

 

  2   contaminants from paper labels and may improve the

 

  3   legibility issues.

 

  4             The last recommendation we have in our

 

  5   Draft Guidance is to limit the number of unit-dose

 

  6   vials per pouch, ideally to one LDPE vial per foil

 

  7   pouch.  This can minimize the risk of medication

 

  8   error by patients and health care professionals,

 

  9   and it can prevent unnecessary exposure to local

 

 10   environment when compared to packaging of

 

 11   multi-unit-dose vials in a foil pouch.

 

 12             So, in summary, so far I have presented to

 

 13   you that volatile chemicals present in the

 

 14   packaging components and local environment have a

 

 15   great potential to permeate through LDPE vials into

 

 16   drug product formulation on storage.  The agency's

 

 17   analytical survey and other supportive data have

 

 18   confirmed ingress and leaching of such volatile

 

 19   chemicals into the drug product formulations.

 

 20             Ingress or leaching of such chemicals into

 

 21   drug product formulation poses a safety concern for

 

 22   patients with respiratory illnesses, such as asthma

 

                                                                55

 

  1   and COPD.  Embossing or debossing of LDPE vial in

 

  2   lieu of paper label is recognized to have

 

  3   legibility issue.  However, paper labels, although

 

  4   perceived to address legibility issue, overall may

 

  5   not be the optimum solution because of the safety

 

  6   concerns associated with potential leaching and

 

  7   ingress of paper label components in the drug

 

  8   product through LDPE vial.

 

  9             The agency's current recommendations as

 

 10   stated in the Draft Guidance may serve as a first

 

 11   step in the right direction to address the issues

 

 12   that are being discussed today.  And the agency is

 

 13   seeking other viable approaches to address these

 

 14   issues to promote safe product use without

 

 15   compromising the integrity of the drug product.

 

 16             With that, I will conclude my talk, and

 

 17   thank you for your attention.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Thank you very much, Dr. Shah,

 

 19   and I want to thank the first three speakers who

 

 20   presented a very clear review of the problem.

 

 21             We are now open for discussion.  Perhaps

 

 22   I'll start off with a couple questions.

 

                                                                56

 

  1             We talk about low-density polyethylene.

 

  2   Does high-density polyethylene reduce transmission,

 

  3   number one?  Number two, would increasing the

 

  4   thickness of the container reduce transmission?

 

  5   And, number three, have other plastics been

 

  6   considered?  I'm not a chemist so I don't know, but

 

  7   polypropylene, polystyrene?  And are any of those

 

  8   possibilities?

 

  9             DR. SHAH:  So far, traditionally, LDPE is

 

 10   the choice of material by the manufacturer because

 

 11   of some of the properties it can offer.  And I

 

 12   guess one can increase the thickness of the LDPE

 

 13   vial or may use a different polymer.  However, one

 

 14   has to keep in mind that by nature, when you do the

 

 15   fabrication of the vials, it may have some kind of

 

 16   a permeability.  But that depends on the degree of

 

 17   permeability.  LDPE offers one side of the

 

 18   spectrum, or other polymers may offer a different

 

 19   type of permeability.  But one has to conduct some

 

 20   of the studies to show that it does not permeate.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Michael?

 

 22             DR. COHEN:  Dr. Lee mentioned shrink wrap

 

                                                                57

 

  1   at one point, and then added that there might still

 

  2   be some concern about, you know, the volatility, I

 

  3   guess, of the inks in the shrink wrap itself.  It

 

  4   does not come in contact with the actual LDPE

 

  5   plastic, though, so I'm trying to figure out why

 

  6   that would be a concern.  Do you think it's still

 

  7   possible for that to leach in?

 

  8             DR. SHAH:  Yes, let me answer that.

 

  9   Shrink wrap, again, it's a plastic and it suffers

 

 10   through the same thing.  It comes in direct contact

 

 11   with the LDPE vial.  So depending upon the chemical

 

 12   components of the ink and how it is being used, in

 

 13   a shelf carton or anything, it still will have the

 

 14   same unit problems that I discussed.

 

 15             DR. COHEN:  Can I ask a follow-up?

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  Yes, go ahead, Michael.

 

 17             DR. COHEN:  Have you done testing--

 

 18             DR. SHAH:  No, we--I mean, we have not

 

 19   even received--or we have not approved a drug

 

 20   product with the shrink wrap.  There is no example

 

 21   of that, at least to CDER.  Maybe in other

 

 22   divisions, another agency, but we haven't received

 

                                                                58

 

  1   any.

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  Jackie, next question?

 

  3             DR. GARDNER:  I understand the problem of

 

  4   potentially masking the effect of contamination by

 

  5   the condition, but I was surprised to see only 87

 

  6   reports of medication errors that you're working

 

  7   from.  And given the excellent presentation and the

 

  8   potential for confusion, I'm surprised that there

 

  9   were so few because it looks like it would happen a

 

 10   lot.  I wondered if we could have some perspective

 

 11   on why there would be so few, and maybe Mike can

 

 12   help with that.

 

 13             And then the second thing is I wondered

 

 14   whether any of the potential suggested

 

 15   recommendations or the different packaging types

 

 16   have been tested in any way that we could

 

 17   reasonably expect that they might reduce the

 

 18   potential for error if they were implemented,

 

 19   whether the foil wrap or any of these things have

 

 20   been tested among the people who would be using

 

 21   them.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Next question, Leslie?

 

                                                                59

 

  1             Does anybody have an answer?  Marci?

 

  2             DR. LEE:  Thank you.  As to the number of

 

  3   reports being few, since the review was done, there

 

  4   have been additional reports submitted to the

 

  5   agency for a total, I think I said, of 138 reports,

 

  6   which may still sound like a small number, but

 

  7   considering the problem is probably very underreported.  We

 

  8   also had some reports that were

 

  9   describing errors that had to do with restocking.

 

 10   For example, a transport team's pouch was supposed

 

 11   to contain three Albuterol and three Ipatropium

 

 12   vials, and at this one given time it contained one

 

 13   vial of one drug and five of the other.  So, you

 

 14   know, in the report the narrative says, "We suspect

 

 15   that at least one patient has been affected by this

 

 16   problem."

 

 17             The same thing can happen in an inpatient

 

 18   setting where the drugs are getting intermixed in a

 

 19   bin.  So it's really an unknown, the actual impact

 

 20   of the problem.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Leslie?

 

 22             DR. HENDELES:  I'd like to just respond to

 

                                                                60

 

  1   Jackie's comment.  Mixing these medicines up is

 

  2   very unlikely to be associated with a visible toxic

 

  3   reaction, so that might be--if anything, the

 

  4   adverse consequences is a lack of therapeutic

 

  5   effect when you're treating a disease that's

 

  6   involving acute bronchospasm.  So the clinician

 

  7   can't distinguish between lack of drug effect from

 

  8   worsening of the disease.

 

  9             But the question I had was:  Is there any

 

 10   evidence that these contaminants in any way

 

 11   interact with the active drugs to either decrease

 

 12   their stability or to in some way inactivate them?

 

 13             DR. SHAH:  They may not inactivate, but

 

 14   they will increase the degradation of the products.

 

 15   They may react with the active, and then you will

 

 16   form an adduct.  But you are not going to, you

 

 17   know, inactivate the drug product.

 

 18             DR. SULLIVAN:  The other thing t keep in

 

 19   mind is that the list of potential contaminants is

 

 20   innumerable.  So what may be true of one chemical

 

 21   may not be true of the others.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Curt Furberg?

 

                                                                61

 

  1             DR. FURBERG:  I'd like to expand on that

 

  2   question.  What are the health effects of these

 

  3   contaminants?  Are they all toxants?  And if we

 

  4   don't know that these contaminants have adverse

 

  5   health effects, is this a big issue?

 

  6             DR. SULLIVAN:  Well, I think the unknown

 

  7   is part of the problem, and being a clinician at

 

  8   the agency, we've been tasked with addressing the

 

  9   specific risk of specific chemicals that have been

 

 10   found in assays done, particularly--it was

 

 11   discussed in the analytical survey and so forth.

 

 12   So we get asked this question:  What's the

 

 13   toxicologic potential of this chemical?  And we

 

 14   don't know most of the time.  There haven't been

 

 15   toxicologic studies done.  We don't know the

 

 16   carcinogenic potential.  We don't know the extent

 

 17   to which it acts as an irritant or has other toxic

 

 18   effects.  And then we have to judge, okay, what's

 

 19   the risk out there, and it's very difficult.

 

 20             DR. FURBERG:  Yes, but shouldn't you add

 

 21   that to your recommendation that we find out?

 

 22             DR. SULLIVAN:  Well, I think that's part

 

                                                                62

 

  1   of why we're saying it's best to just try to limit

 

  2   potential exposure, because you can't list all of

 

  3   these chemicals.  For instance, the one that was

 

  4   mentioned was found in a drug product, and it was

 

  5   traced back to the fact that the actual carton that

 

  6   these vials were contained in, the manufacturer of

 

  7   that carton, who isn't the drug manufacturer,

 

  8   changed the glue or lacquer in that carton.  And so

 

  9   a chemical that we wouldn't have previously been

 

 10   aware of made its way into the drug.

 

 11             DR. SHAH:  Again, the agency does not

 

 12   control the cartons.  We will control to a point

 

 13   and look into the things.  The carton is something

 

 14   very--and as a result, I think our approach has

 

 15   been--or we recommend the use of overwrap pouch.

 

 16   That can also limit to a certain extent.  I mean,

 

 17   there is no 100-percent guarantee that it may not

 

 18   permeate or the glues which are used in the

 

 19   foil-laminate itself may get into the drug product.

 

 20             But one needs to study these things

 

 21   before, you know, providing to the agency.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Henri, and then we'll

 

                                                                63

 

  1   hold questions after that until later.

 

  2             DR. MANASSE:  I have a couple of

 

  3   questions.  One is:  Do we see the impact of the

 

  4   degradation on all of the active ingredients, that

 

  5   is, for the Albuterol and the Tobramycin and the

 

  6   cromolyn?  Is that pretty much standard across all

 

  7   of the ingredients that these volatile substances

 

  8   do have a degrading impact?

 

  9             The other question I had is:  What

 

 10   experiences can we gain from either the food and/or

 

 11   the cosmetic industry?  Are there experiences there

 

 12   since so much of this packaging is also with

 

 13   low-density polyethylene containers?

 

 14             And my last question relates to the

 

 15   potential application of the bar code to packages

 

 16   vis-a-vis the incoming rule.  To what extent will

 

 17   symbology printing either exacerbate or lessen this

 

 18   particular issue?

 

 19             DR. SHAH:  I kind of lost you.  What was

 

 20   the first question?

 

 21             DR. MANASSE:  The first question, Is the

 

 22   infusion, leaching of the contaminants equally

 

                                                                64

 

  1   impactful on all the active ingredients in these

 

  2   products?

 

  3             DR. SHAH:  I think some of these will stay

 

  4   as a degradation product.  They may not impact the

 

  5   active ingredient, but it will be just a product

 

  6   contamination.

 

  7             Now, itself, how it will affect the

 

  8   particular patient population, that is--as Dr.

 

  9   Sullivan said, we don't know the potential of that.

 

 10   So it may not probably reduce the concentration of

 

 11   the active into the drug product.  However, that

 

 12   uncertainty regarding the safety is a concern.

 

 13             The second question was?

 

 14             DR. MANASSE:  The second question relating

 

 15   to experiences in the food and cosmetic industry

 

 16   and what may be learned there.

 

 17             DR. SHAH:  Okay.  I think by far the

 

 18   most--these packaging components are used also in

 

 19   tablets and other solid oral dosage forms.  There

 

 20   the risk is less because you are taking it orally.

 

 21   Here the problem is because of the patient

 

 22   population, we are more concerned.  And I don't

 

                                                                65

 

  1   know what else can be learned from food and other

 

  2   industries because there is--I don't know that much

 

  3   scrutiny is there.  The only thing that is there is

 

  4   whether they are adequate in terms of oral dosage

 

  5   use.  That's it.

 

  6             Does that answer--

 

  7             DR. MANASSE:  And my last question related

 

  8   to the upcoming application of the bar coding rule

 

  9   and the imprinting of symbologies to implement that

 

 10   particular rule.

 

 11             DR. LEE:  Actually, LDPE vials was one of

 

 12   the products that was exempt from that rule.  It

 

 13   won't be required down to the vial, but any outer

 

 14   packaging it will be on.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  We'll take a break now

 

 16   and reconvene at 9:45.

 

 17             [Recess.]

 

        T2A                 DR. GROSS:  The first speaker will be            

18

 

 19   Mohammad Sadeghi, who will talk about container

 

 20   labeling options using rommelag blow-fill-seal

 

 21   technology.

 

 22             DR. SADEGHI:  Good morning.  I'm Mohammad

 

                                                                66

 

  1   Sadeghi with Holopack International.  I'm here to

 

  2   talk about container labeling options using

 

  3   blow-fill-seal technology, and most of all these

 

  4   products you've been hearing today about and

 

  5   packaging and LDPE, low-density polyethylene,

 

  6   they're all manufactured using blow-fill-seal

 

  7   technology.

 

  8             So what I'm going to do is go over what

 

  9   the blow-fill-seal process is, what container

 

 10   labeling options you have, what are the pros and

 

 11   cons on each, and some examples.

 

 12             Blow-fill-seal technology is an integrated

 

 13   aseptic technology for manufacturing aseptic

 

 14   products.  That's an example of a machine.  The way

 

 15   it works is you feed in raw pellet resins from one

 

 16   end and the  (?)  solution from another, and the

 

 17   machine will actually melt the pellet, created the

 

 18   container, fill it aseptically, and seal it.

 

 19             The process consists of four major steps.

 

 20   As you see, the plastic is molten first and

 

 21   extruded in a cylindrical shape, and the molds are

 

 22   formed into the container, the needle comes in, and

 

                                                                67

 

  1   there is the Class 100 in this  (?)  area, fills

 

  2   the container, and it withdraws, and then the

 

  3   container is sealed and ejected from the machine.

 

  4             Now, labeling options that you can have

 

  5   with this technology consist of embossing, paper

 

  6   label on tab if you do not want to put it directly

 

  7   on the container, or printing on the tabs.

 

  8             Embossing consists of a mirror--engraving

 

  9   mold with a mirror image of the information.  You

 

 10   have small vacuum ports on the mold surface that

 

 11   actually will do this, such into the softened

 

 12   plastic into the engraving embossing, hence

 

 13   embossing the container.

 

 14             This is an example of what a mold cavity

 

 15   looks like, and you see the surface inside the main

 

 16   cavity where the engraving takes place.

 

 17             This is a close-up of what it's like to

 

 18   have as the imprint.  What you see in the bottom

 

 19   would be replaceable magazines that you can change

 

 20   for lot number and expiration date.

 

 21             Another option of embossing is hot stamp,

 

 22   which in this case instead of molding it during the

 

                                                                68

 

  1   production, as the container is ejected from the

 

  2   BFS machine, it's actually put into a machine where

 

  3   it actually is a hot stamp that would actually

 

  4   emboss the container, again, and this is done on

 

  5   the tabs and not directly on the body of the

 

  6   container.

 

  7             Paper labels on tabs, one of the reasons

 

  8   this container was developed was to avoid direct

 

  9   contact labels with--paper labels with the actual

 

 10   container body, and the secondary was the

 

 11   small-volume containers that required information

 

 12   and there was not enough surface area to put the

 

 13   engraving on the container.  They developed a tab.

 

 14   Either it can be on the cap or as a tail, have the

 

 15   embossed information.

 

 16             You can use the same tab, actually,

 

 17   instead of--it's a solid surface, so you can use it

 

 18   either to print or add paper to the label.

 

 19             The pros and cons of each labeling option:

 

 20   Embossing has been discussed here.  The pros are

 

 21   there is no maintenance of label inventories;

 

 22   ensure 100-percent labeling of containers; labels

 

                                                                69

 

  1   cannot be removed; and ensure each unit is

 

  2   traceable and no leachables.  The cons are, which

 

  3   has been discussed also, it is difficult to read on

 

  4   clear containers.

 

  5             Paper label on tabs is--paper label

 

  6   obviously makes it clearer to read, and you can use

 

  7   colors.  It greatly reduces potential leaching into

 

  8   the solution because it's not directly applied to

 

  9   the container body.  However, there is still

 

 10   potential leaching of adhesive.

 

 11             Direct printing on the tab, it's clearer

 

 12   than embossing on the tab to be read; it eliminates

 

 13   potential leaching from paper, adhesive, varnish

 

 14   and stuff that goes with the paper label; and it

 

 15   greatly reduces potential leaching into the

 

 16   solution, again, because it's on the tab, on a

 

 17   separate space on the container, not directly on

 

 18   the container body; and, lastly, allows for bar

 

 19   code printing on line as well.  However, you still

 

 20   have the ink, which potentially can leach into the

 

 21   solution.

 

 22             Now, examples of these various things,

 

                                                                70

 

  1   there's a container with embossed labeling.  The

 

  2   containers can be also embossed and color-coded

 

  3   because the same container can be used for

 

  4   different concentrations of products, or you can

 

  5   have color-coded and embossed to represent the same

 

  6   product in different concentrations or doses.

 

  7             You can apply the paper on the tab, both

 

  8   removing the paper from direct exposure to the

 

  9   solution, but also it is readable.  Or having

 

 10   direct printing on the tab for bar code

 

 11   information.

 

 12             Also, you have traditional paper on the

 

 13   container, which is...

 

 14             Now, the other thing is the issue of--one

 

 15   of the things that comes to mind is the size of the

 

 16   containers, is eliminating paper containers--paper

 

 17   labels from all outside containers or is it

 

 18   dependent--it is a size-dependent solution.

 

 19   Obviously, if you have a liter container such as

 

 20   viewed here and you have a paper label, is that

 

 21   also going to be--it's something that has to be

 

 22   removed, and considered this is--it should be in

 

                                                                71

 

  1   relation to the size of the container.  If it is a

 

  2   three-  (?)  container, you have the same treatment

 

  3   as one-liter container.

 

  4             Another example of various container

 

  5   sizes.

 

  6             Thank you.

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Now we'll hear from the

 

  8   Cardinal Health team, Rick Schindewolf and Patrick

 

  9   Poisson.

 

        x                   MR. POISSON:  Good morning.  My name is            

10

 

 11   Patrick Poisson.  I'm the Director of Technical

 

 12   Services at Cardinal Health Woodstock.  With me

 

 13   today is Mr. Rick Schindewolf, who's the general

 

 14   manager of the Woodstock, Illinois, facility.

 

 15             Just a little bit about our role in the

 

 16   industry.  Cardinal is a diversified health care

 

 17   company with operations in distribution, manufacturing,

 

 18   research, and management solutions.  The

 

 19   Cardinal Health Woodstock facility is a

 

 20   blow-fill-seal facility that produces approximately

 

 21   1 billion units annually.  Our product portfolio

 

 22   involves NDA, ANDA, 510(k), and USP Monograph

 

                                                                72

 

  1   products.

 

  2             Some of the advantages of why people

 

  3   select low-density polyethylene in blow-fill-seal

 

  4   is blow-fill-seal is recognized as an advanced

 

  5   aseptic process.  There's also an immense

 

  6   flexibility in container design that allows various

 

  7   applications of the container and its use.  It's

 

  8   also a very cost-effective approach to producing

 

  9   pharmaceutical products.

 

 10             Now, some of the limitations:  As

 

 11   previously mentioned, LDPE is a semipermeable

 

 12   material.  The technology also uses heat to form

 

 13   the container, and there may be issues with

 

 14   heat-sensitive products.  And based on the focus of

 

 15   this meeting today, there are obviously some

 

 16   labeling issues as well.

 

 17             Now, the general industry approach has

 

 18   been to emboss and deboss the containers to display

 

 19   the necessary information, which includes product

 

 20   name, concentration, manufacturer, lot number, et

 

 21   cetera.  Typically, respiratory products are

 

 22   packaged in a secondary overwrap in multiple units

 

                                                                73

 

  1   or single units, and that provides the additional

 

  2   protection necessary to prevent chemical

 

  3   contamination.

 

  4             This has already been touched upon, but

 

  5   these are the main highlights of the Draft

 

  6   Guidance, and I won't spend any time on this since

 

  7   this has been discussed already.

 

  8             Now, what are some of the advantages to

 

  9   the embossing/debossing approach?  It provides an

 

 10   immediate tamper-evident identification of the

 

 11   product.  It eliminates the potential for

 

 12   contamination from labels.  And it provides ease of

 

 13   label copy control.

 

 14             Some of the limitations associated with

 

 15   that:  It can be difficult to read on clear

 

 16   containers.  It does not provide a very readily bar

 

 17   code-readable print.  And the vial size affects

 

 18   legibility of the print that's embossed and

 

 19   debossed.  We cannot emboss or deboss down to a

 

 20   very small font size that's readable that could

 

 21   compete with a paper label.

 

 22             Now, we believe there are some

 

                                                                74

 

  1   possibilities for enhancing product identification

 

  2   in the low-density polyethylene container, and

 

  3   these are listed here:  reduce the content

 

  4   requirement to allow an increased text size;

 

  5   addition of physical/tactile identifiers for

 

  6   generic product groups; alternative label

 

  7   approaches such as a sleeve label; color coding

 

  8   unit-dose vials for generic product groups; and

 

  9   individual secondary overwrap.

 

 10             Increased text size.  There's a limited

 

 11   surface area on the container that is available for

 

 12   embossing/debossing.  Due to the technology, we

 

 13   cannot emboss or deboss on the sides of the vial.

 

 14   We can only emboss and deboss on the front.  The

 

 15   text size can be significantly increased; however,

 

 16   we would have to remove some of the information

 

 17   that's normally provided.  This approach would not

 

 18   change any of the materials involved in the

 

 19   process, so there would be no impact on the current

 

 20   product chemistry.  This could also be implemented

 

 21   fairly quickly, eight to ten weeks.  And there

 

 22   would be a one-time cost for the manufacturer to

 

                                                                75

 

  1   buy the appropriate equipment.

 

  2             This is a drawing of what that concept

 

  3   would look like.

 

  4             In addition to that, physical/tactile

 

  5   identifiers could be added to the container.  This

 

  6   would provide an easily recognizable/legible symbol

 

  7   on the container that would represent a product

 

  8   type, for instance, A for Albuterol sulfate, I for

 

  9   Ipatropium bromide, et cetera.  This is already

 

 10   currently being implemented on products

 

 11   manufactured at Cardinal Health.  This also does

 

 12   not change any of the container materials or

 

 13   process, so, again, no impact on the current

 

 14   product chemistry.  This also could be implemented

 

 15   in eight to ten weeks, depending on the regulatory

 

 16   approval of this label change, possibly as a CBE

 

 17   30.  Again, there would be a one-time minimal cost

 

 18   to buy the necessary equipment to do such a change.

 

 19             This is a drawing of what that concept

 

 20   could look like.  And we have some samples which

 

 21   we'll pass around for the committee to see.  And

 

 22   those can also be provided in clear plastic.  And

 

                                                                76

 

  1   here are some photos of the same vials.

 

  2             This is a picture contrasted with one of

 

  3   the current formats that is out on the market, so

 

  4   you can see that there's a definite increase in the

 

  5   identification of the products resulting from this

 

  6   type of change.

 

  7             The sleeve label concept would involve a

 

  8   redesign of the extended tab to make that area

 

  9   amenable for application of a non-paper label.

 

 10   Cardinal has designed such a vial that has a patent

 

 11   pending that would be capable of receiving a shrink

 

 12   wrap sleeve.

 

 13             This label provides a contrasted

 

 14   background for enhanced legibility and also provide

 

 15   a bar code-readable print.  This would involve no

 

 16   changes to the product contacting surfaces of the

 

 17   container.  The shrink of pressure sensitive label

 

 18   would be applied to an appendage of the container,

 

 19   not in direct contact with the product.

 

 20             This would also involve an increased

 

 21   manufacturing cost for equipment, labor, and

 

 22   materials, and we believe it could be implemented

 

                                                                77

 

  1   in 12 to 14 months following regulatory approval

 

  2   with associated stability testing data.

 

  3             This is a picture of what that concept

 

  4   looks like, and we have some samples that we'll

 

  5   pass around.  This particular product was mentioned

 

  6   in an earlier presentation as the catheter flush

 

  7   saline and heparin.

 

  8             Color coding.  Products could be

 

  9   color-coded to aid in identification.  That would

 

 10   be a similar approach to the AAO recommendations

 

 11   for cap color for ophthalmic products.  It provides

 

 12   a contrasting background to aid the legibility.  A

 

 13   colored vial is easier to read.  However, it could

 

 14   impact the product chemistry with leachables and

 

 15   extractables.  There would be a slight increase in

 

 16   manufacturing costs for raw materials.  Again,

 

 17   implementation time would be based on stability

 

 18   data and regulatory approval of such a change.

 

 19             This is a picture of what that concept

 

 20   would look like.

 

 21             Individual secondary overwrap, that has

 

 22   been touched upon.  It provides enhanced labeling

 

                                                                78

 

  1   opportunities, bar code-readable print for a

 

  2   single-dose vial.  However, the overwrap can and

 

  3   will be separated from that unit at some point in

 

  4   time during its use, and we don't control that, so

 

  5   we cannot predict when that will happen.  So there

 

  6   could be legibility/identification issues still at

 

  7   the time of use.  There's a significant

 

  8   manufacturing cost increase with the raw materials,

 

  9   equipment necessary, and labor.  If that was done

 

 10   with the current process, that change, the

 

 11   implementation time would be 12 to 14 months

 

 12   following regulatory approval of the packaging

 

 13   change with associated stability data.

 

 14             In summary, we believe there are

 

 15   opportunities for improvement of the labeling of

 

 16   low-density polyethylene containers.  Each

 

 17   alternative is a viable alternative, we believe,

 

 18   and it should be assessed based on impact to the

 

 19   product, speed of implementation, ease of

 

 20   regulatory approval, and cost to the patient.

 

 21             Thank you--oh, sorry.  Our recommendations

 

 22   are to increase label information font size on

 

                                                                79

 

  1   individual vials.  Add a tactile symbol for generic

 

  2   identification based on the following advantages:

 

  3   quick approach, no impact on product chemistry or

 

  4   stability, and no impact on patient cost.  For

 

  5   hospital-dispensed unit-dose vials, add a sleeve

 

  6   label to accommodate bar coding.

 

  7             Thank you.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Thank you very much.

 

  9             Our next speaker is Karen Stewart of the

 

 10   American Association of Respiratory Care.

 

        x                   MS. STEWART:  Good morning.  Thank you for         

   11

 

 12   giving me the opportunity to present today.  I

 

 13   think in your packets you have my written

 

 14   statement, and I have a couple of slides here that

 

 15   I want to share with you.

 

 16             I've been a registered respiratory

 

 17   therapist since 1971, and I am here as the

 

 18   spokesperson for the American Association for

 

 19   Respiratory Care representing respiratory

 

 20   therapists both nationwide and internationally.

 

 21             Respiratory therapists, like all other

 

 22   health care professionals, are very concerned about

 

                                                                80

 

  1   medication errors.  In recent years, since the

 

  2   elimination of most paper labels on unit-dose vials

 

  3   of medication, it has become increasingly difficult

 

  4   to determine the content of the unit-dose vial.

 

  5   I'm going to share with you some pictures of what

 

  6   the therapist typically has on their person as

 

  7   they're making rounds.

 

  8             Not only is the print on the vial

 

  9   difficult to read, the size and the shape of the

 

 10   vial contributes to this difficulty.

 

 11             In 2001, the American Association for

 

 12   Respiratory Care completed a human resource survey,

 

 13   and at that time the average age of a respiratory

 

 14   therapist was 44.  This is another contributing

 

 15   factor to the difficulty of reading the content of

 

 16   the medication vial.  While I may have just

 

 17   emphasized that the current relative age of the

 

 18   respiratory therapist and the difficulty the older

 

 19   therapist experiences in reading the labels, I want

 

 20   to clarify to you that deciphering respiratory care

 

 21   medication labels is a problem that cuts across all

 

 22   age groups of respiratory therapists.  The problem

 

                                                                81

 

  1   is how the medication is labeled or not labeled

 

  2   appropriately.

 

  3             The work flow of the respiratory therapist

 

  4   I think is probably most important for you to

 

  5   understand.  The therapist typically includes

 

  6   delivering medications and treatments to a number

 

  7   of patients for a local geographic region in a

 

  8   hospital.  The patients that are assigned have a

 

  9   very wide variety of medications that are being

 

 10   delivered to them.  Once the medication is checked

 

 11   by the pharmacist for drug interactions, the

 

 12   therapist typically carries medication with them as

 

 13   they begin rounds.  It would not be unusual for a

 

 14   therapist to carry between 14 and 15 different

 

 15   vials of medication.  The medications must be under

 

 16   control so that therapists either carry the

 

 17   medication in a fanny pack or they carry the

 

 18   medication in a locked draw on a cart they carry

 

 19   with them.

 

 20             In some institutions, medications are in a

 

 21   Pyxsis system.  In this situation, the medication

 

 22   can either be placed in a single patient medication

 

                                                                82

 

  1   labeled drawer or they come from stock supply.  So,

 

  2   again, multiple vials in a stock drawer.

 

  3             I just wanted to give you a view of what's

 

  4   in somebody's pocket typically.

 

  5             Another concern that faces the respiratory

 

  6   therapist is the lack of bar coding on the vial.

 

  7   Many hospitals are moving toward the scanning of

 

  8   medication bar codes.  The driving force for this

 

  9   use of technology is to identify the correct

 

 10   patient, identify the correct medication, confirm

 

 11   the correct dose of medication, confirm the correct

 

 12   route of medication, and record the time of the

 

 13   medication delivery.

 

 14             I want to share with you a few comments

 

 15   that I picked up from some respiratory therapists

 

 16   in just the most recent weeks.

 

 17             Staff have complained about the inability

 

 18   to see clearly the medication information.  For

 

 19   this reason, we switched to a different product

 

 20   that is individually wrapped in clearly labeled,

 

 21   color-coded foil packaging.  The current situation

 

 22   with the raised-letter labeling is an accident

 

                                                                83

 

  1   waiting to happen.  I know you talked earlier about

 

  2   underreporting.  It's because we've given the dose

 

  3   and never know we gave the wrong one in some cases.

 

  4             This is a second therapist:  I complained

 

  5   bitterly when the look-alike vials came out.  We

 

  6   did not leave them for any nurses to confuse.  We

 

  7   do not know of any medication errors beck of the

 

  8   look-alikes.  Doesn't mean it didn't happen.  We

 

  9   just don't know.

 

 10             So, again, a little bit more emphasis on

 

 11   the fact that we are seeing probably underreporting.

 

 12             This is a third one:  We have had problems

 

 13   with the unit-doze Xopenex and Atrovent looking

 

 14   alike and labeled in the same clear package.  We

 

 15   use Pyxsis and it's still a problem.

 

 16             So even moving the medication into a more

 

 17   controlled environment continues to be a problem

 

 18   for the therapist who's on the floor.

 

 19             This is a fourth therapist:  One

 

 20   encouraging thing that I have seen is differing

 

 21   shapes and sizes on a very few of the medications. 

 

                                                                84

 

  1   Since the death of the multi-dose vial of

 

  2   Albuterol, we have a supplier who sends us

 

  3   unit-dose vials of Albuterol that have a very

 

  4   distinctive teardrop shape  and a much smaller size

 

  5   for medication.  I give that a Bravo.  A similar

 

  6   thing has happened with the octagonal unit-dose

 

  7   vials of Pulmicort.

 

  8             And I think if you look at the very end of

 

  9   this, that small round is the Pulmicort.  But this

 

 10   is what's in the pocket of the therapist, and all

 

 11   they have to read on most of those are just that

 

 12   clear lettering.

 

 13             I was at a program, I did a program in

 

 14   Cincinnati last week, and I mentioned this in a

 

 15   patient safety presentation that I did to

 

 16   therapists.  About 600 were there, and what was

 

 17   interesting about it is several of them came up to

 

 18   me afterward and said, Can you imagine what the

 

 19   night shift therapist goes through trying to read

 

 20   these?

 

 21             Now, low light--it's bad enough, you know,

 

 22   with the age, but the low light.

 

                                                                85

 

  1             There's a couple more comments from

 

  2   therapists in there.  I think that you've probably

 

  3   got those.  You get the gist of what we're trying

 

  4   to say.  So on behalf of the American Association

 

  5   of Respiratory Care, I really appreciate the

 

  6   opportunity to share the association comments.

 

  7             I have one more slide that I want to share

 

  8   with you, and it's this one.  What you're seeing

 

  9   here are just the different medications.  One of

 

 10   those happens to be Tobramycin.  One of them--two

 

 11   of them are bronchodilators.  Two of them are

 

 12   exactly the same medication in different doses.

 

 13   Just to really emphasize what the packaging is

 

 14   doing to the therapist at the bedside.

 

 15             Thank you.

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Thank you very much.            

16

 

 17   We will not have the committee ask some questions

 

 18   of the speakers, and you can ask questions of any

 

 19   of the speakers that have presented this morning.

 

 20             Leslie?

 

 21             DR. HENDELES:  I have two questions for

 

 22   Karen.  First, is there any Joint Commission

 

                                                                86

 

  1   requirements in terms of how respiratory therapists

 

  2   are supposed to handle medication?

 

  3             MS. STEWART:  There's been--

 

  4             DR. HENDELES:  And I have a second

 

  5   question, which is:  Would respiratory therapists

 

  6   mind carrying these single-unit dose vials wrapped

 

  7   in foil in their pockets?

 

  8             MS. STEWART:  There are recommendations

 

  9   around the delivery of medications from JCAHO, and

 

 10   most of that is surrounding the control.  It is

 

 11   first the pharmacist's review of that medication to

 

 12   see if there are any other interactions, and the

 

 13   second being that that medication is always under

 

 14   control.  And you'll see as you go across the

 

 15   country a number of different ways that hospitals

 

 16   are handling the medication control issue.  Some of

 

 17   them--the folks that I talked to last week, some of

 

 18   them have a cart where they carry all their

 

 19   plastics and other things that they need with a

 

 20   locked drawer, and their medications are in that

 

 21   drawer.  Other ones are using Pyxsis, and some are

 

 22   still carrying it physically on their person in a

 

                                                                87

 

  1   side pocket or a fanny pack.

 

  2             Your second question is, if they were

 

  3   individually wrapped, I think that therapists would

 

  4   use those either in any of those devices under

 

  5   control.  The problem is that they open, for

 

  6   example, a packet of Xopenex with 12 vials in it.

 

  7   That's just too much for them to carry when they've

 

  8   got so many different types to carry.

 

  9             DR. HENDELES:  If it's just one, they

 

 10   would be able to?

 

 11             MS. STEWART:  I think they would be able

 

 12   to carry it, yes.

 

 13             DR. GROSS:  Yes, Stephanie?

 

 14             DR. CRAWFORD:  Thank you.  This question

 

 15   is for Patrick Poisson, but, Ms. Stewart, don't go

 

 16   too far just in case you want to add to it.  I

 

 17   thank each of the speakers for their presentations.

 

 18             Mr. Poisson, with respect to your

 

 19   presentation, the sixth slide was talking about the

 

 20   advantages and disadvantages--I'm sorry, the

 

 21   advantages and limitations.  Each of the advantages

 

 22   from my interpretation were in the manufacturing

 

                                                                88

 

  1   process.  As you presented, each of the limitations

 

  2   was from the clinical use.  So my question is:

 

  3   From the recommendation--potential alternatives

 

  4   that you suggested, have you conducted, your

 

  5   company, or performed any studies using clinical

 

  6   groups such as the respiratory therapists to see

 

  7   acceptability of each of these options?

 

  8             MR. POISSON:  One thing I probably failed

 

  9   to mention is that Cardinal Health is a contract

 

 10   manufacturer, and the products that we manufacture

 

 11   are distributed by our customers.  And it's

 

 12   difficult for us to step in front of them and ask

 

 13   for this type of work to be done.

 

 14             Now, we have done some work with the

 

 15   shrink wrap sleeve label, and the feedback from

 

 16   that was very positive.  However, that was a very

 

 17   unique opportunity for us to get involved with

 

 18   that.

 

 19             In regards to the recommendations, yes,

 

 20   some of them are manufacturing--are good for the

 

 21   manufacturing process.  However, one that maybe

 

 22   wasn't explained as well is the sterility of the

 

                                                                89

 

  1   product.  Using a blow-fill-seal technology to

 

  2   manufacture products is recognized as providing a

 

  3   better microbiological quality of product out to

 

  4   the market versus a conventional process.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Michael?  I'm sorry.

 

  6   Stephanie, another question?

 

  7             DR. CRAWFORD:  Thank you.  Just one quick

 

  8   follow-up.  One of your recommendations was

 

  9   increase text size.  You mentioned that, of course,

 

 10   something would have to come off if that were

 

 11   happening--would come off if--

 

 12             MR. POISSON:  I think we'd have to

 

 13   undertake those discussions with the agency as to

 

 14   what could come off.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Michael?

 

 16             DR. COHEN:  I've been looking at these

 

 17   LDPE plastics for several years, actually, and

 

 18   trying to come up with solutions.  And actually the

 

 19   best thing I've ever seen is that shrink wrap, that

 

 20   overwrap, or sleeve, or whatever you want to call

 

 21   it.  Is that a proprietary system, or is that

 

 22   available to any manufacturer?  And can you foresee

 

                                                                90

 

  1   the actual use across the entire spectrum of LDPE

 

  2   containers, even the parenterals?

 

  3             MR. POISSON:  Well, we're very pleased

 

  4   with the progress we've made on the sleeve label.

 

  5   It did involve some development that we regard as

 

  6   intellectual property.  So regarding availability

 

  7   to the whole industry, I really can't speak on

 

  8   that.

 

  9             There will be potentially some leachable

 

 10   extractables even from that system.  There is ink

 

 11   on that label.  So that has to be evaluated for

 

 12   each product that it's used for.  It still may not

 

 13   work for every product.

 

 14             MR. SCHINDEWOLF:  If I could just make a

 

 15   comment on the proprietary nature, what's

 

 16   proprietary about that vial is the rounded end.  A

 

 17   lot of the vials that you'll see and I think some

 

 18   that were presented earlier can be on a flat end as

 

 19   well.  And we found that the rounded end helped the

 

 20   legibility.  As the sleeve shrinks, there tends to

 

 21   be some--what's the word I'm looking for?  The

 

 22   print can be--

 

                                                                91

 

  1             MR. POISSON:  It can be distorted.

 

  2             MR. SCHINDEWOLF:  Yes, "distortion,"

 

  3   that's the word.  So this was to help the

 

  4   readability of the bar code label itself, so that's

 

  5   what's proprietary in that particular design.

 

  6             DR. GROSS:  Yes, Henri?

 

  7             DR. MANASSE:  In terms of patient safety,

 

  8   one of the biggest issues that I think most

 

  9   practitioners confront is the kind of work-arounds

 

 10   that people utilize to make things convenient for

 

 11   them, and this notion of carrying drugs around in

 

 12   your pocket is a very good example.  But it seems

 

 13   that the sleeve is a pretty critical issue with

 

 14   respect to the capacity of adding more information

 

 15   coupled with bar codes, symbologies, et cetera.

 

 16             Have you all thought about how you can

 

 17   eliminate the dissociation of the sleeve from the

 

 18   package itself?  Because the work-around, people

 

 19   are tearing off the sleeves and then carrying the

 

 20   package by themselves.  And is there a way that you

 

 21   can avoid that other than at the direct point of

 

 22   care?

 

                                                                92

 

  1             MR. POISSON:  I'll try and address that.

 

  2   One of the ways that these are used is that the cap

 

  3   is actually twisted off of the vial.  And one of

 

  4   the problems I see with individually foil

 

  5   overwrapping is the removal of that foil could

 

  6   potentially damage the vial in that process.  So

 

  7   it's a difficult thing to overcome.  We could

 

  8   tighten the foil potentially around the vial, but

 

  9   it just opens it up for damage in the transfer

 

 10   process from the location within the hospital to

 

 11   its use point.

 

 12             You know, there are a lot of advancements

 

 13   going on in packaging.  Certainly five years ago I

 

 14   don't think we would have all the options that we

 

 15   have now.  Maybe at some point in time we can get

 

 16   to a better alternative with the foil.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Robyn?

 

 18             MS. SHAPIRO:  I have two questions.  One

 

 19   is actually Henri's.  And this is to the agency.

 

 20   What factors, if any, are considered currently in

 

 21   the approval process with respect to these

 

 22   problems?

 

                                                                93

 

  1             And the second question is:  It seems to

 

  2   me that this morning we have much more information

 

  3   about the potential error, problem, than the

 

  4   leachability and contamination problem, and much

 

  5   more potential risk.  Has there been--maybe this is

 

  6   for Karen.  Has there been litigation over this?

 

  7   And, if so, what has happened?

 

  8             MS. STEWART:  I can't speak to any

 

  9   litigation, and I think one of the concerns that we

 

 10   have as therapists is that this probably goes underreported.

 

 11   The therapist delivers that care

 

 12   and leaves the bedside to treat the next patient.

 

 13   So they may not see an adverse effect or, as stated

 

 14   earlier by Dr. Sullivan, I believe, the patient

 

 15   does not get the potential relief of the

 

 16   medication.

 

 17             In other words, if you have Tobramycin and

 

 18   a bronchodilator in your pocket, they both look

 

 19   alike, you give the Tobramycin to the patient who

 

 20   needs the bronchodilator, you may not see the

 

 21   effect.  So it becomes underreported.

 

 22             MS. SHAPIRO:  And the patient may not

 

                                                                94

 

  1   either.  I mean, they may not realize--the patient

 

  2   or the family or whomever, the error may not be

 

  3   disclosed to anyone.

 

  4             MS. STEWART:  Except the patient's

 

  5   therapeutic treatment regime is going to be longer

 

  6   with a longer length of stay because they didn't

 

  7   get the proper--

 

  8             MS. SHAPIRO:  Sure, but they may not know

 

  9   why.

 

 10             MS. STEWART:  Right.

 

 11             DR. GROSS:  Are there any other questions?

 

 12             MS. SHAPIRO:  Can I have the first

 

 13   question answered by Paul or somebody about what

 

 14   currently is considered?

 

 15             DR. SHAH:  You are talking about in terms

 

 16   of the quality controls?

 

 17             MS. SHAPIRO:  In the approval process for

 

 18   any new drugs, what, if any, is considered with

 

 19   respect to safety relating to this possibility for

 

 20   error?

 

 21             DR. SHAH:  Let me just try to briefly

 

 22   summarize.

 

                                                                95

 

  1             When we get an application and we have

 

  2   these kind of packaging components, then usually

 

  3   the applicant may provide this information for all

 

  4   the components of each and every packaging

 

  5   component into the NDA, or they may choose to

 

  6   provide that information, if it proprietary,

 

  7   through a Drug Master File.  Then we review the

 

  8   chemical composition of each and very packaging

 

  9   component in a Drug Master File, but we cannot

 

 10   relay that information to the applicant.

 

 11             Once we know from the composition that

 

 12   there is a potential for volatile chemicals to be

 

 13   present in the component and they may permeate

 

 14   through the LDPE vials, then we ask the applicant

 

 15   indirectly, without revealing the other

 

 16   information, Have you studied any legibility or

 

 17   extractable--have you found any extractable, what

 

 18   kind of solvent conditions you have used to extract

 

 19   this leachable?  And we encourage them to contact

 

 20   the DMF supplier, work with them, and develop some

 

 21   procedures to find out what can be present and

 

 22   establish a profile.  Once you establish a profile,

 

                                                                96

 

  1   then you may identify, okay, these are the typical

 

  2   components present into a component, packaging

 

  3   component, and we are going to use that as a basis

 

  4   for screening the incoming packaging material.  And

 

  5   then you may have some kind of acceptance criteria.

 

  6   That may be a GC profile.  Or if you have

 

  7   identified a particular component by its chemical

 

  8   structure, then you may say, okay, it is extracted

 

  9   at, say, one milligram per ml or something like

 

 10   that, okay?  So then you will conduct some kind of

 

 11   a study for the shelf life, over the shelf life,

 

 12   whether that particular extractable gets into the

 

 13   drug product or not.  If it does not, then at least

 

 14   you have established that if I control the amount

 

 15   of incoming acceptance criteria, I have established

 

 16   incoming packaging material, then I do not see the

 

 17   leachable into the drug product.  So then you don't

 

 18   have to have a test for leachable into the drug

 

 19   product, but you have to establish that

 

 20   relationship.

 

 21             So we go through a series of steps to

 

 22   establish that, and once we are satisfied, then we

 

                                                                97

 

  1   may decide, okay, you are going to control or

 

  2   minimize this particular component at acceptance

 

  3   level in incoming packaging material.  Or you will

 

  4   have to carry out the leachable testing.

 

  5             MS. SHAPIRO:  What about the analysis with

 

  6   respect to the possible safety problems on account

 

  7   of the error issues?

 

  8             DR. SHAH:  Okay.  Once we get that, we see

 

  9   that, okay, it is present into the drug product at

 

 10   a certain level.  And if we know the identity of

 

 11   that chemical, then we ask our pharmacology and

 

 12   toxicology person to review that data and decide

 

 13   whether that will have any safety issue.  And if

 

 14   they decide that it may have a safety issue, then

 

 15   they may ask the applicant to qualify that

 

 16   particular material or chemical at that level.

 

 17             MS. SHAPIRO:  Okay.  And all that has to

 

 18   do with the leachability question.  But what about

 

 19   the question having to do with the confusion

 

 20   problems on account of the labeling and its impact

 

 21   on safety?

 

 22             DR. SELIGMAN:  For all drug products that

 

                                                                98

 

  1   are approved by the agency, we look at the accuracy

 

  2   of the label, whether it's misleading or not,

 

  3   whether it's nonpromotional in nature.  We look at

 

  4   the name for potential confusion.  We look at the

 

  5   packaging regarding dose and frequency.  And if at

 

  6   the time we find, either at the time of approval or

 

  7   even subsequent to approval, that there is such a

 

  8   potential for either name confusion, for misleading

 

  9   dose, or any kind of misleading information that

 

 10   might lead to medication error, we make a

 

 11   recommendation to the manufacturers to try to--to

 

 12   alter that.

 

 13             I think the reason we're bringing this

 

 14   particular issue to this committee is that this is

 

 15   a particularly vexing issue.  But for the vast

 

 16   majority of products that we review, when we find

 

 17   such potential for confusion or potential error, we

 

 18   recommend to the manufacturer that that be

 

 19   addressed prior to approval of the product.

 

 20             MS. SHAPIRO:  Have you ever, with

 

 21   containers like this, sent it back and said, no,

 

 22   this doesn't--this won't do given these sorts of

 

                                                                99

 

  1   problems?

 

        T2B                 DR. SELIGMAN:  I'm not aware of any.  Some         

    2

 

  3   of them go through generics.

 

  4             Carol, did you want to respond to that?

 

  5             MS. HOLQUIST:  Yes.  Actually, our office

 

  6   in Office of Drug Safety, we only get whatever--we

 

  7   only see the packaging material that comes in with

 

  8   new products.  A lot of these products have been on

 

  9   the market for years and years.  So if indeed one

 

 10   of these products came in today with this packaging

 

 11   labeling, yes, of course, that would be one of our

 

 12   recommendations in our review that, based on

 

 13   post-marketing reports and evidence, we wouldn't

 

 14   recommend this.  But then the agency's hands are

 

 15   kind of tied because of the ingress issue.  So

 

 16   until we find an alternative packaging, it's a

 

 17   conundrum we're in.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Gene, did you want to comment?

 

 19             DR. SULLIVAN:  Yes, I just wanted to

 

 20   follow up on a couple things that have been said so

 

 21   far:  one, to just make sure the categories of harm

 

 22   to patients are in the right column.  There's the

 

                                                               100

 

  1   harm that the legibility issue brings in, so the

 

  2   harm that a patient suffers if he or she doesn't

 

  3   receive Tobramycin but instead receives Albuterol.

 

  4   And then what I was trying to touch on and the

 

  5   thing that's hard to get your hands around is the

 

  6   harm from the actual presence of these chemicals,

 

  7   and that it's well known that a patient may come to

 

  8   the emergency department and receive a few

 

  9   treatments of Albuterol and recover and be

 

 10   discharged.  Another patient may come in and not

 

 11   seem to respond and end up mechanically ventilated.

 

 12   And to what extent that could be related to

 

 13   contaminants in the drug product would be anyone's

 

 14   guess and impossible to day.  So I just wanted to

 

 15   make sure we consider those two sort of as they're

 

 16   the competing harms.

 

 17             The other issue I just wanted to talk

 

 18   about a little bit was the issue of the use of the

 

 19   flange or labeling that's not directly applied to

 

 20   the actual body of the nebule, be it with a shrink

 

 21   wrap or an applied label and so forth; that there

 

 22   is some intrinsic appeal because it seems to be

 

                                                               101

 

  1   less in contact with the LDPE, but keep in mind

 

  2   that if these are then put into an overwrap, a foil

 

  3   overwrap, perhaps for other

 

  4   reasons--light-sensitive products and so

 

  5   forth--that then you have sort of a micro

 

  6   environment, you know, like a little humidor with

 

  7   these chemical vapors that could then make their

 

  8   way--even though they're here on the flange, they

 

  9   could easily make their way into the product, and

 

 10   that's sort of evidenced by that case where we had

 

 11   the cardboard carton and that chemical made its way

 

 12   in.  So it's not, you know, a complete solution.

 

 13   We have to keep that in mind.

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  Arthur, you had a question?

 

 15             MR. LEVIN:  One is just a point of

 

 16   information.  Mike, is that the packaging with that

 

 17   label, that's what you are referencing when you say

 

 18   so far that's the best--

 

 19             DR. COHEN:  Not necessarily.

 

 20             MR. LEVIN:  Okay.

 

 21             DR. COHEN:  This is certainly acceptable

 

 22   as a way to identify a container.  But the ones

 

                                                               102

 

  1   I've seen have actually had a similar type of film,

 

  2   but it's been around the body of the ampule device.

 

  3   And there was a tear-off so that you would

 

  4   literally pull the tab and tear off the top part of

 

  5   the plastic.  It was a total overwrap.

 

  6             MR. LEVIN:  But it's something more than

 

  7   that.

 

  8             DR. COHEN:  Leaving the identify, even

 

  9   though this was exposed.

 

 10             MR. LEVIN:  Okay.  So the whole thing is

 

 11   shrink wrapped to something.

 

 12             DR. COHEN:  That's correct.

 

 13             MR. LEVIN:  Right, okay.  I didn't think

 

 14   we had seen one of those.

 

 15             DR. COHEN:  We didn't.

 

 16             MR. LEVIN:  Yes, okay.  So that clarifies

 

 17   that.

 

 18             The second thing is we seem to be sort of

 

 19   entirely focusing in inpatient and, you know, the

 

 20   issue of outpatient is certainly significant.  And

 

 21   I'm just wondering from, you know, what you've done

 

 22   to look at how well these kinds of solutions work

 

                                                               103

 

  1   in the outpatient pharmacy setting as opposed to

 

  2   inpatient settings where it's really--making sure

 

  3   that the respiratory therapist who administers the

 

  4   drug is clear on the right drug and the dosage et

 

  5   cetera.  What about an outpatient pharmacy?

 

  6             MR. POISSON:  Well, one of the reasons

 

  7   why--and someone may question why there's 12 vials

 

  8   in a pouch or even 28 or up to 60.  A lot of the

 

  9   reason behind that is because of the use period in

 

 10   the outpatient--outside of the hospital.  And based

 

 11   on feedback we've received, they view that as an

 

 12   advantage to have that type of packaging in that

 

 13   particular environment.  And the possibility exists

 

 14   that maybe some of these options we've presented

 

 15   today, such as the symbol on the vial would help

 

 16   them in that area from using the wrong product.

 

 17             So I think, you know, there's

 

 18   opportunities for a number of these options to be

 

 19   implemented based on the setting that they're used

 

 20   in.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Henri, you have a

 

 22   question?

 

                                                               104

 

  1             DR. MANASSE:  I just want to follow up on

 

  2   Art's point in terms of outpatient use.  I can't

 

  3   imagine given the size of these containers, given

 

  4   the unreadability of these containers, and the

 

  5   obvious confusion that is brought to bear to those

 

  6   problems, that outpatients, particularly elderly

 

  7   outpatients, can manage this on their own.  I think

 

  8   somehow we've got to contemplate where we go with

 

  9   that because the increasing number of people who

 

 10   are using these on an outpatient basis and the

 

 11   increasing aging of the population presents us with

 

 12   an incredible challenge.

 

 13             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Marci would like to

 

 14   make a comment.

 

 15             DR. LEE:  Thank you.  I just wanted to add

 

 16   to that.  Based on the medication error reports

 

 17   that we have received most recently, there are many

 

 18   comments about the elderly population using these

 

 19   drugs.  There are several reports from a pharmacist

 

 20   saying that his patients are expressing that

 

 21   they're afraid to use the product because they're

 

 22   afraid that they're going to double their dose

 

                                                               105

 

  1   accidentally because they're not sure what is in

 

  2   each ampule.

 

  3             Then, also, the letter in the background

 

  4   package that was sent to Senator Harkin, that also

 

  5   involved a woman who was writing in about her

 

  6   elderly mother that was having the same problem

 

  7   also from a mail-order pharmacy.  So in addition to

 

  8   a regular outpatient pharmacy where there's direct

 

  9   interaction with the pharmacist, you have people

 

 10   who are unable to get out of their home and receive

 

 11   their medications by mail having the same

 

 12   experiences.

 

 13             Carol wants to add something.

 

 14             MS. HOLQUIST:  Also, just in relation to

 

 15   the letters at the top of the vials themselves, we

 

 16   actually have gotten some reports as well where

 

 17   there's a question as to what the actual letter

 

 18   stands for, like A, is it for Albuterol or for

 

 19   Atrovent.  So some simple fixes, sometimes you also

 

 20   have to think beyond, that there's more than one

 

 21   product that begins with that letter.

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  Okay.  We are a little bit            

22

 

                                                               106

 

  1   ahead of schedule, and we will proceed at this time

 

  2   with the open public hearing.  Dr. Eric Sheinin

 

  3   will present.  First I need to--

 

  4             MS. JAIN:  We need to read a statement

 

  5   first.

 

  6             DR. GROSS:  Both the Food and Drug

 

  7   Administration and the public believe in a

 

  8   transparent process for information gathering and

 

  9   decisionmaking.  To ensure such transparency at the

 

 10   open public hearing session of this Advisory

 

 11   Committee meeting, the FDA believes that it is

 

 12   important to understand the context of an

 

 13   individual's presentation.  For this reason, FDA

 

 14   encourages you, the open public hearing speaker, at

 

 15   the beginning of your written or oral statement to

 

 16   advise the committee of any financial relationship

 

 17   that you may have with any company or any group

 

 18   that is likely to be impacted by the topic of this

 

 19   meeting.

 

 20             For example, the financial information may

 

 21   include a company's or a group's payment of your

 

 22   travel, lodging, or other expenses in connection

 

                                                               107

 

  1   with your attendance at the meeting.  Likewise, FDA

 

  2   encourages you at the beginning of your statement

 

  3   to advise the committee if you do not have any such

 

  4   financial relationships.  If you choose not to

 

  5   address this issue of financial relationships at

 

  6   the beginning of your statement, it will not

 

  7   preclude you from speaking.

 

        x                   DR. SHEININ:  Thank you, Dr. Gross.  I              

8

 

  9   have no financial ties or interests in any

 

 10   pharmaceutical company or any other company or

 

 11   organization that would be interested in the

 

 12   proceedings before the committee today, so I think

 

 13   I'm okay with that.

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  Thank you.

 

 15             DR. SHEININ:  My name is Eric Sheinin, and

 

 16   I'm here today to represent the United States

 

 17   Pharmacopeia.  At the UPS, I am the Vice President

 

 18   for Information and Standards Development.  We do

 

 19   have an expert committee that deals with safety

 

 20   issues, and much of what I'm going to say today is

 

 21   a direct result of work that they have done.  But I

 

 22   would like to give you some background about the

 

                                                               108

 

  1   USP for those of you who may not be familiar with

 

  2   us and also to have it in the record.

 

  3             The USP is a nongovernmental organization

 

  4   that promotes the public health by establishing

 

  5   state-of-the-art standards to ensure the quality of

 

  6   medicines and other health care technologies.

 

  7   These standards are developed by a unique process

 

  8   of public involvement and they're accepted

 

  9   worldwide.  Many other countries around the world

 

 10   recognize the USPNF standards as their own

 

 11   standards in terms of regulatory procedures within

 

 12   those countries.

 

 13             USP is a not-for-profit organization that

 

 14   achieves this goal through the scientific

 

 15   contribution of volunteers, and the volunteers

 

 16   represent pharmacy, medicine, and many other health

 

 17   care professions.  These individuals work in

 

 18   academia, they work in government, both U.S. and

 

 19   international.  In fact, there are many FDA

 

 20   scientists who serve as volunteer to USP.  They

 

 21   also come from the pharmaceutical industry and

 

 22   consumer organizations.  In addition to standards

 

                                                               109

 

  1   development, USP's has several other public health

 

  2   programs that focus on promoting optimal public

 

  3   health care delivery.

 

  4             In our mission statement, it says the

 

  5   mission is to promote the public health, and I

 

  6   always liken that to the mission of CDER, which is

 

  7   also basically to promote the public health.  So I

 

  8   believe we're all interested in the same types of

 

  9   standards.

 

 10             At the USP, the volunteers, many of them

 

 11   serve on our Council of Experts and its expert

 

 12   committees.  The members of these committees are

 

 13   USP scientific decisionmakers, and they form our

 

 14   standard-setting body.  Council members are elected

 

 15   by USP's membership at our five-year convention.

 

 16   They're elected on the basis of their knowledge and

 

 17   expertise, and they serve five-year terms.  So even

 

 18   individuals who come from industry, from their

 

 19   companies, when they volunteer to work with USP,

 

 20   they represent themselves.  They do not represent

 

 21   their employer, their organization, or anybody else

 

 22   when they work on our standards.

 

                                                               110

 

  1             The 2000-2005 Council of Experts comprises

 

  2   62 nationally recognized scientists, academicians,

 

  3   and clinicians.  Each one of these individuals

 

  4   chairs an expert committee, and the expert

 

  5   committees are made up then in turn of

 

  6   distinguished experts.

 

  7             One of the committees is named the USP

 

  8   Safe Medication Use Expert Committee.  This

 

  9   committee is comprised of 18 members representing

 

 10   pharmacy, nursing, and medicine.  It includes an

 

 11   FDA liaison, Carol Holquist.  It includes Captain

 

 12   Jerry Phillips, who was formerly the Associate

 

 13   Director for Medication Error Prevention in FDA's

 

 14   Office of Drug Safety.

 

 15             For more than 30 years, USP has promoted

 

 16   the importance of collecting and sharing

 

 17   experiential data from health care professionals.

 

 18   In the last decade, particular emphasis has focused

 

 19   on medication error reporting and prevention as a

 

 20   way for USP to positively affect the public health.

 

 21   The data collected from two of our programs--the

 

 22   USP-ISMP Medication Error Reporting, or MER,

 

                                                               111

 

  1   Program and MEDMARX--are reviewed and analyzed by

 

  2   USP staff and USP's Safe Medication Use Expert

 

  3   Committee.

 

  4             In October of 2002, USP sent a letter to

 

  5   the chief of CDER's Compendial Operations staff,

 

  6   Yanna Mille, to inform her, on behalf of the Safe

 

  7   Medication Use Expert Committee, of the continuing

 

  8   concerns of the committee and of health care

 

  9   professionals and practitioners regarding both the

 

 10   difficulty in identifying drug products packaged in

 

 11   low-density polyethylene ampules and vials and the

 

 12   resultant medication errors from their misuse.

 

 13             Plastic ampule packaging is frequently

 

 14   used for respiratory therapy drugs.  The ampules

 

 15   often do not bear labels but are labeled by

 

 16   debossing or embossing the actual plastic

 

 17   container.  This debossing or embossing is

 

 18   described by health care practitioners who have

 

 19   reported to the USP reporting programs as being

 

 20   unreadable, causing difficulty in identifying the

 

 21   product within.  Because this packaging is now

 

 22   being used not only for respiratory therapy drugs

 

                                                               112

 

  1   but also for injectables and oral solution, it is

 

  2   even more important that the subject products be

 

  3   easily identified and readily distinguishable from

 

  4   each other.

 

  5             USP has provided the Compendial Operations

 

  6   staff, the Dockets Branch, and the Office of Drug

 

  7   Safety with more than 42 specific case studies

 

  8   where mediation errors occurred because of the use

 

  9   of these products.  We also have submitted copies

 

 10   of the actual product containers involved in the

 

 11   medication errors that were reported through the

 

 12   two USP reporting programs.

 

 13             In addition to providing comment on the

 

 14   concerns expressed to USP by health care

 

 15   practitioners, the USP Safe Medication Use Expert

 

 16   Committee unanimously voted to encourage FDA to

 

 17   establish an alternate method of labeling for the

 

 18   various drug products packaged in the plastic vials

 

 19   being discussed today.  This would be in order for

 

 20   these products to be clearly identifiable,

 

 21   hopefully thereby reducing the numerous medication

 

 22   errors that have occurred and likely will continue

 

                                                               113

 

  1   to occur.

 

  2             The expert committee also suggested that

 

  3   the FDA cease approval of products in these

 

  4   containers because their use continues to be the

 

  5   subject of numerous medication error reports.

 

  6             From April 20, 2002, through January 31,

 

  7   2004, an additional 26 reports of actual and

 

  8   potential medication errors have been received

 

  9   through USP's medication errors reporting programs

 

 10   regarding the similarity in the labeling of

 

 11   products in low-density polyethylene vials.  The

 

 12   problems with these containers continue, and the

 

 13   USP and the USP Safe Medication Use Expert

 

 14   Committee recommends that FDA take any necessary

 

 15   action to improve the labeling of low-density

 

 16   polyethylene ampules and vials.

 

 17             I thank you for your attention and your

 

 18   consideration of USP's concerns.  If you have any

 

 19   questions, I'll certainly try to answer them.

 

 20             DR. GROSS:  Thank you very much.

 

 21             Are there any questions from the panel?

 

 22   Jackie?

 

                                                               114

 

  1             DR. GARDNER:  I would just like to ask,

 

  2   Dr. Sheinin, does USP have a recommendation of one

 

  3   of these methods over another?

 

  4             DR. SHEININ:  A recommendation?

 

  5             DR. GARDNER:  For solving this problem?

 

  6             DR. SHEININ:  Not at this point, not that

 

  7   I'm aware of.  The obvious solution to me--and I

 

  8   actually worked at FDA for 30 years before I went

 

  9   to USP--would be to have a label on the containers.

 

 10   But there are concerns with migration through the

 

 11   low-density polyethylene.  I'm sorry I missed the

 

 12   end of the previous presentation where they were

 

 13   describing perhaps some way to help identify these

 

 14   products.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Robyn Shapiro?

 

 16             MS. SHAPIRO:  I just have a question about

 

 17   these report forms.  Was patient counseling

 

 18   provided?  And then, if yes, before or after error

 

 19   was discovered?  Does that mean about what the drug

 

 20   is, how to take it, how to read it?  What does the

 

 21   counseling refer to?

 

 22             DR. SHEININ:  I believe that the

 

                                                               115

 

  1   counseling is provided by the professional who's

 

  2   reporting the problem to us.  I don't believe USP

 

  3   does the counseling.

 

  4             MS. SHAPIRO:  So we don't really know what

 

  5   that refers to.

 

  6             DR. SHEININ:  Unfortunately, the Safe

 

  7   Medication Use Expert Committee is not under my

 

  8   area of responsibility.  But as far as I know, that

 

  9   counseling would not be provided by USP, and we

 

 10   probably do not know what the nature of that

 

 11   counseling was.  The form is asking if there has

 

 12   been any counseling.

 

 13             DR. GROSS:  Henri?

 

 14             DR. MANASSE:  Good morning, Eric.

 

 15             DR. SHEININ:  Hi, Henri.

 

 16             DR. MANASSE:  Two questions.  We've talked

 

 17   today about two major issues:  one is the leaching

 

 18   of chemical agents from various labeling techniques

 

 19   and embossments; the other having to do with the

 

 20   readability issues and the packages themselves.

 

 21             Has USP convened any technical experts on

 

 22   either one of those issues to contemplate what's

 

                                                               116

 

  1   the existing science, what do we know, what do we

 

  2   not know, as well as what our reasonable solutions,

 

  3   given what's known, in other industries or other

 

  4   options for dealing with this problem?

 

  5             DR. SHEININ:  Not that I'm aware of.  It

 

  6   certainly is a good suggestion, and I will take

 

  7   that back to the committee and to Diane Cousins,

 

  8   whom I think many of you probably know, and see if

 

  9   there is a way that we could proceed in that

 

 10   manner.  I think it's a very good suggestion and

 

 11   something that should be done.

 

 12             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Thank you very much.

 

 13             DR. SHEININ:  Thank you.

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  If there are no further              14

 

 15   questions, since we remain ahead of schedule, Dr.

 

 16   Paul Seligman will now introduce the issues and

 

 17   questions that he has for the Advisory Committee.

 

 18             DR. SELIGMAN:  You should all, members of

 

 19   the committee, have a one-page LDPE Discussion

 

 20   Points.  These, I believe, are in the packages as

 

 21   well for public distribution.  Why don't we simply

 

 22   refer to these rather than booting up the slides.

 

                                                               117

 

  1             You've heard this morning about the issue

 

  2   related to the ingress of volatile compounds as a

 

  3   problem with these particular containers and

 

  4   various approaches to deal with this issue as well

 

  5   as not only--to deal with both the preservation of

 

  6   the purity of the drug, as well as ways in which to

 

  7   improve the legibility of the label.

 

  8             What we've asked in the first question is:

 

  9   Given the various approaches that you've heard

 

 10   today, including embossing and debossing of

 

 11   containers, the use of unit package overwraps, the

 

 12   elongation of the bottom tab and using that as an

 

 13   place to print critical information, the use of

 

 14   paper labels, the use of ink directly on the vial,

 

 15   various potential approaches including tactile

 

 16   recognition, shrink wrap labels, and then we

 

 17   actually even saw the use of glass ampules or

 

 18   vials, what we're interested in the committee

 

 19   addressing first off is to discuss the potential

 

 20   advantages or disadvantages of these approaches and

 

 21   to identify in 1b any creative solutions or

 

 22   alternate packaging design that would improve

 

                                                               118

 

  1   legibility and address the problem of ingress of

 

  2   chemical contaminants and at the same time not

 

  3   create additional problems.

 

  4             We'd also like to have you put on your

 

  5   thinking caps and consider if there are stakeholder

 

  6   groups, such as manufacturers, practitioners,

 

  7   consumers, and others, who might best advise FDA

 

  8   about possible new packaging configurations that

 

  9   might resolve some of these issues.

 

 10             And then given what you've heard today and

 

 11   based on our discussion, describe and advise us on

 

 12   an appropriate course of action to address not only

 

 13   the problem of ingress of contaminants but also

 

 14   medication errors due to legibility and similar

 

 15   packaging issues.

 

 16             So those are the issues before us.  Peter?

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  We share in your perplexity.

 

 18             DR. SELIGMAN:  Thank you.

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  This is a difficult issue.            

19

 

 20             Thank you very much for the questions,

 

 21   Paul, and we will initiate the discussion.  The

 

 22   agenda allows two hours for discussion, so why

 

                                                               119

 

  1   don't we do roughly an hour, and then maybe we can

 

  2   have lunch and then finish up, if that's okay.

 

  3             MS. JAIN:  Lunch is on its way.

 

  4             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Well, whenever lunch is

 

  5   here, we will re-evaluate our timing.  But let's

 

  6   begin the discussion now.

 

  7             Anyone have any comments?  Why don't we do

 

  8   this in an orderly fashion and take the issues as

 

  9   Paul presented them, with 1a being the first.

 

 10   They're all sort of interrelated, but why don't we

 

 11   get specific and talk about 1a first.  Leslie?

 

 12             DR. HENDELES:  I'd like to preface my

 

 13   comments by saying that nebulization of

 

 14   bronchodilators is an obsolete way of treating

 

 15   acute bronchospasm, and part of whatever we do

 

 16   needs to focus on an educational program designed

 

 17   at using the meter-dose inhaler through a valve

 

 18   holding chamber, which is far more efficient,

 

 19   causes fewer side effects, less expensive way, and

 

 20   it's the way the rest of the world treats acute

 

 21   asthma.  The United States has a fixation on

 

 22   nebulizer therapy that they won't let go of, for

 

                                                               120

 

  1   some reason, especially pediatricians, but there's

 

  2   clearly 10 to 15 double-blind, placebo-controlled

 

  3   trials, a Cochran review, et cetera, that indicate

 

  4   that there are much more efficient ways and it

 

  5   would, of course, circumvent this problem for

 

  6   asthma.

 

  7             Now, having said that, I really like the

 

  8   idea of having that foil pack, like the Nephron,

 

  9   with a single unit, and I think that would solve

 

 10   the problem.  It would allow for the bar coding.

 

 11   And according to Karen, respiratory therapists

 

 12   would be willing to carry that in their pocket.  As

 

 13   I understand it, the reason why they carry single

 

 14   units in their pocket is because when they open the

 

 15   foil pack, there's 12 of them there.  If there's

 

 16   only one, they would probably carry it.  And, of

 

 17   course, that could also be addressed through

 

 18   professional education as well.

 

 19             DR. GROSS:  Leslie, for myself and anyone

 

 20   else who is not 100 percent clear on what you said,

 

 21   would you contrast the two methods of medication

 

 22   delivery again?

 

                                                               121

 

  1             DR. HENDELES:  Bronchodilators as well as

 

  2   inhaled steroids can be delivered by a pressurized,

 

  3   meter-dose inhaler that's attached to a valve

 

  4   holding chamber with an age-appropriate connection,

 

  5   either a mouthpiece for older folks or a mask for

 

  6   preschool kids that seals around their nose and

 

  7   mouth, and you fire off a few puffs, such as four

 

  8   puffs, into this chamber and it's equivalent in

 

  9   efficacy to nebulizing a bronchodilator in the

 

 10   emergency room.  It causes fewer side effects.  It

 

 11   takes a minute or two to give the treatment instead

 

 12   of 15 to 20 minutes, and it's far more convenient

 

 13   for patients and cheaper.  They don't have to buy a

 

 14   compressor for $150.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Could someone from the FDA

 

 16   comment on whether or not they want to tackle that

 

 17   issue?

 

 18             DR. SULLIVAN:  That may not be an issue

 

 19   for the FDA really to address.  I don't think there

 

 20   would be any--the evidence being what it is, that

 

 21   MDIs may effect just as great a degree of

 

 22   bronchodilation as a nebulizer, it would be

 

                                                               122

 

  1   something that physicians should interpret and use

 

  2   in their clinical judgment.  I don't think there

 

  3   would be any rationale for the agency to pull

 

  4   nebulizer solutions off the market.  I think that

 

  5   would be very drastic.  So from our perspective, we

 

  6   have to deal with them.

 

  7             Now, if the medical community starts to

 

  8   learn that maybe they are overusing nebulizers

 

  9   through Dr. Hendeles' shaking the cage a little

 

 10   bit, that's just great.  But the issue will still

 

 11   remain for us.

 

 12             DR. HENDELES:  And, indeed, there are

 

 13   patients who might be unconscious, for example, or

 

 14   would need the nebulizer, and there are drugs such

 

 15   as Tobramycin that can't be delivered by MDI.

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  Arthur?

 

 17             MR. LEVIN:  I realize it isn't within the

 

 18   scope of authority of the FDA to dictate clinical

 

 19   practice, but part of the problem here is we're

 

 20   dealing with a tension between an issue of

 

 21   potential harm, which is the leaching of, you know,

 

 22   substances that don't belong in the solution into

 

                                                               123

 

  1   the solution and the documented potential harm of

 

  2   error.  And we're looking at a variety of

 

  3   solutions, none of which is perfect and each of

 

  4   which brings with it some question:  You know, does

 

  5   it solve the error problem entirely?  Or by solving

 

  6   the error problem entirely, does it still leave us

 

  7   open to the problem of possible impurity?

 

  8             In that context, I think the FDA does have

 

  9   something to say, and then when we move to the

 

 10   ambulatory setting particularly, where these issues

 

 11   I think get even more complicated--and we really

 

 12   haven't talked about it--that if there are better

 

 13   ways to deliver the product that relief us of the

 

 14   burden of trying to figure out the perfect solution

 

 15   on these two different potential harms, that's

 

 16   worthy of comment.  I mean, nobody expects you to

 

 17   be able to pull the product from the market, but in

 

 18   dealing with improving safety of products, I don't

 

 19   think it's entirely out of character for the FDA to

 

 20   make a comment that one of the solutions here is to

 

 21   use a different form of delivery that obviates the

 

 22   need to talk about all of this.  You may not be

 

                                                               124

 

  1   able to say, "You can't use the other," but you can

 

  2   certainly say, "Moving in this direction seems to

 

  3   be a way to solve the problem," and I would say

 

  4   particularly in the ambulatory populations.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Maybe we'll have one or two

 

  6   more comments on this particular issue.  Then we'll

 

  7   have to get back to the questions raised by Dr.

 

  8   Seligman in 1a.

 

  9             Brian?

 

 10             DR. STROM:  yes, I'd like to in my initial

 

 11   start be more provocative.  We're hearing, as

 

 12   Arthur is saying, between two safety problems,

 

 13   without good data on either side to quantify each

 

 14   of them.  We're using in one case physiological

 

 15   chemical tests and the theory that leaching might

 

 16   be a problem, and it's clearly understandable why

 

 17   it can't be quantified more than that.  And we're

 

 18   hearing on the other side about medication errors

 

 19   based on the spontaneous reporting system, which is

 

 20   grossly incomplete.  We don't know how many there

 

 21   are out there other than the fact that we're seeing

 

 22   a number, and there are clearly many more out there

 

                                                               125

 

  1   than we're seeing that could be studied more

 

  2   concretely, potentially.  But, in either case, we

 

  3   don't have good quantification, and so part of the

 

  4   problem here is balancing two risks, neither of

 

  5   which are quantified.

 

  6             If we're hearing from Leslie--and you're

 

  7   not disagreeing--that there is a better approach

 

  8   which is more effective and is safer, why isn't

 

  9   that a regulatory reason for the FDA to remove the

 

 10   nebulizers--this packaging?

 

 11             DR. SULLIVAN:  Well, I'm not actually

 

 12   agreeing.  I'm aware of the various articles that

 

 13   are out there.  I have not reviewed those studies

 

 14   myself, seen the data myself.  Certainly the agency

 

 15   has not come to that conclusion that the MDIs have

 

 16   these attributes, these costs, and effectiveness

 

 17   and so forth.  And that's an open question, I

 

 18   believe.  Dr. Hendeles probably knows that

 

 19   literature even better than I.

 

 20             But for the agency to come to a conclusion

 

 21   like that is a very significant matter, and, again,

 

 22   although we can make comments, it's not clear in

 

                                                               126

 

  1   what context that comment will hold any water until

 

  2   or unless we were to, as suggested, remove them

 

  3   from the market.  And I think that that's quite a

 

  4   drastic step, and I think that as Dr. Hendeles

 

  5   pointed out, there would be very good arguments

 

  6   that there may be some populations who are only

 

  7   served by the nebulizers, and, therefore, it would

 

  8   be unwise to remove them from the market.

 

  9             So let me say that we haven't made that

 

 10   determination, number one, and that even if we made

 

 11   the determination that for the average patient it

 

 12   was efficient in some way that you would like to

 

 13   define efficiency, it would be hard for us to move

 

 14   on that.

 

 15             So I understand your perspective and I

 

 16   understand Dr. Hendeles' perspective that perhaps

 

 17   the American physicians are overutilizing them.

 

 18   But I don't think that's going to get around the

 

 19   issues that we have to face.

 

 20             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  I think that maybe the

 

 21   sense of the committee is that this is advice

 

 22   they'd like to give to the FDA to look into this

 

                                                               127

 

  1   issue and decide how they want to proceed.  But I

 

  2   would like that the issue should be brought to the

 

  3   attention of the national pulmonary organizations,

 

  4   and they in their guidelines should make this

 

  5   recommendation because in that setting they might

 

  6   have a significant clinical impact.

 

  7             DR. HENDELES:  It shouldn't be limited to

 

  8   physicians.  I think health system pharmacists and

 

  9   respiratory therapists and those organizations play

 

 10   a role, too.

 

 11             DR. GROSS:  Absolutely.  But that might be

 

 12   the way to begin to make the change, if that's what

 

 13   the scientific evidence indicates.

 

 14             Okay.  I know you've all been trying to

 

 15   avoid 1a, but we do have to address it.

 

 16             [Laughter.]

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  And I saw Michael's hand up

 

 18   first.

 

 19             DR. COHEN:  Thank you very much, sir.

 

 20             First of all, let me just ask the

 

 21   question:  Are we talking only about the

 

 22   respiratory ampules, the LDPE, or are you talking

 

                                                               128

 

  1   about all LDPE?  Because there's a difference

 

  2   between the two, and the way they may be labeled

 

  3   might be different as well.  So that would be the

 

  4   first question.  Are there, in fact--we need to

 

  5   clarify that there are, in fact, LDPE ampules for

 

  6   injectables and ophthalmics, et cetera?  Is that

 

  7   what we heard earlier?  That's number one.

 

  8             MS. HOLQUIST:  Yes, and that was one of

 

  9   our questions, too.  Should we treat the pulmonary

 

 10   products separately than these other products that

 

 11   are packaged by other routes of administration?

 

 12             DR. COHEN:  I guess what I'm saying is,

 

 13   even if we do clarify what you just brought up, Dr.

 

 14   Hendeles, we'd still need to address the issue of

 

 15   the labeling because there are other forms, if, in

 

 16   fact, they're LDPE.  So that was the first thing I

 

 17   wanted to mention.

 

 18             Can I make a suggestion to the Chair that

 

 19   we go through each of these bullets, perhaps

 

 20   separately?  Or do you want us to comment on all of

 

 21   them at the same time?

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  I think that's a very good

 

                                                               129

 

  1   idea, Michael.  Do you want to begin with embossed?

 

  2             DR. MANASSE:  Peter, I wonder if I could

 

  3   just interrupt.

 

  4             DR. GROSS:  Yes, sure.  Henri?

 

  5             DR. MANASSE:  I think before we jump to

 

  6   choosing between evils, I think we have to lift up,

 

  7   perhaps, to the 30,000-foot level a minute and,

 

  8   that is, if we're going to continue to use these

 

  9   low-density polyethylene containers in the sizes

 

 10   that we're going to use them, if that's a given,

 

 11   we're going to have to more carefully understand

 

 12   and identify both the packaging and ingress issues.

 

 13             I'm a little bit uncomfortable jumping to

 

 14   picking what we think is the best when we don't

 

 15   have all the information.  I don't think we're

 

 16   totally educated on all the potential leaching

 

 17   issues, all the potential chemical agents that

 

 18   could cause degradation, et cetera, et cetera.

 

 19             At the same time, I'd hate to see us jump

 

 20   to figuring out packaging solutions when at least

 

 21   I, for one, have not been presented with all of the

 

 22   packaging options that might be a possibility. 

 

                                                               130

 

  1   We're limiting ourselves largely to pharmaceutical

 

  2   packaging, and I'm amazed in this country how

 

  3   creative packaging can become.  All you have to do

 

  4   is look at the cosmetics industry to see some of

 

  5   that creativity.  I'm not sure that we've exhausted

 

  6   the dialogue around creative mechanisms by which

 

  7   people can read this stuff, that they can handle it

 

  8   without an intervening health professional, at

 

  9   home, for example, and particularly relating to the

 

 10   elderly.  And I'm not convinced that we know enough

 

 11   yet about what kind of package designs are utilized

 

 12   in other industries that might be applicable here

 

 13   that could solve our problem in a much bigger way.

 

 14             I don't want to be interruptive, Peter,

 

 15   but it seems to me that we've got to look at those

 

 16   issues.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  I think those are very

 

 18   critical points, Henri.  I know from my point of

 

 19   view, I'm not sure I got an answer as to why other

 

 20   polymers have not been selected as opposed to

 

 21   polyethylene, you know, like polypropylene or

 

 22   polystyrene.  Is there any potential there?  Can

 

                                                               131

 

  1   that be looked at?  Is high-density any better than

 

  2   low-density is another issue.  Should the thickness

 

  3   of the LDPE be made greater and that would probably

 

  4   slow the migration?  But would it make a

 

  5   significant difference over a period of time or

 

  6   not?  So there's just a tremendous amount that's

 

  7   not known.

 

  8             But in the absence of all the knowledge

 

  9   that we need, which is the situation in most

 

 10   instances that we have to deal with in life, just

 

 11   read Robert Rubin's book, we still do have to

 

 12   address the questions posed to us.

 

 13             Does anybody have any other comments

 

 14   before we address those specific questions?  Yes,

 

 15   Jackie?

 

 16             DR. GARDNER:  Since we aren't experts on

 

 17   this and what you're saying is correct, and since

 

 18   Brian is leaving this committee and he always has

 

 19   one mantra, and that is, we need data, where are

 

 20   the data, and he won't be here anymore, so I'll

 

 21   take that up for him, my suggestion would be that

 

 22   we ask, maybe starting with Michael, of these

 

                                                               132

 

  1   options which is probably the most satisfactory on

 

  2   the face of it given everything we've heard today,

 

  3   recommend that maybe starting with that, some

 

  4   studies be done to address the extent of the

 

  5   ingress using that method, and has it solved that

 

  6   problem?  And so to that end, it sounds like either

 

  7   the shrink wrapping of the ampule, as Michael

 

  8   suggested, or the foil wrap, individual unit of use

 

  9   sleeve, which I happen to like because it seems

 

 10   like you could bar code it and also put

 

 11   instructions and colors and other kinds of things

 

 12   on it, but pick one, the best that we can come up

 

 13   with and ask them to study it and then tell us how

 

 14   bad it turns out to be.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Well, we don't even know the

 

 16   toxicity of the chemicals that are ingressing.  We

 

 17   don't even have that information.  Certainly a lot

 

 18   of products that are available commercially have

 

 19   low levels of toxin that are considered acceptable.

 

 20   So, I mean, that's another big area where we just

 

 21   don't have the information.

 

 22             Leslie?

 

                                                               133

 

  1             DR. HENDELES:  Did we learn whether this

 

  2   foil wrap actually prevents the problem or does it

 

  3   add anything else to the vial, the solution?

 

  4             DR. SHAH:  Well, it depends.

 

  5             DR. HENDELES:  Yes, okay.

 

  6             DR. SHAH:  Again, it goes back to the

 

  7   question of having adequate knowledge of the

 

  8   chemical components which you have selected for

 

  9   your foil laminate and, critically, the adhesive

 

 10   layer which is used.  Most of the time, the organic

 

 11   solvents which are used in adhesives, they migrate

 

 12   from the adhesive layer to the LDPE vial.  As long

 

 13   as the adhesive layer is on the other side of the

 

 14   aluminum foil, they may not have to worry about

 

 15   that.  You can use a sort of adhesive layer, you

 

 16   can use pressure-sensitive materials which can just

 

 17   fuse together.  Then you can avoid using adhesives.

 

 18             Again, that's solving one problem coming

 

 19   from adhesive.  However, the other layers which are

 

 20   used inside the aluminum foil, again, the product

 

 21   composition, chemical composition does matter.  If

 

 22   there are small organic molecules which have a

 

                                                               134

 

  1   volatile potential, there is a likelihood that it

 

  2   may migrate.  However, the applicant can do a

 

  3   one-time study and demonstrate that whatever

 

  4   leaches into the drug product is not significant

 

  5   enough to pose a safety issue.  If that is being

 

  6   done, then that may be a possibility.

 

  7             But we really don't know, I mean, in that

 

  8   sense that it will solve the problem of not

 

  9   leaching 100 percent.

 

        T3A                 DR. GROSS:  Okay.  We've been talking for          

  10

 

 11   20 minutes, and we have still avoided the question.

 

 12   So anybody have any other comments before we

 

 13   address the question before us?

 

 14             [No response.]

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  At Michael's

 

 16   suggestion, if that's okay with everybody, starting

 

 17   at the top, any comments on embossing?  Michael?

 

 18             DR. COHEN:  I have a few comments, but,

 

 19   again, we are talking about the respiratory use

 

 20   specifically?  That's fine if we are.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Well, go ahead and distinguish

 

 22   what you want.

 

                                                               135

 

  1             DR. COHEN:  Well, I think for the

 

  2   respiratory use, at least now there's not a great

 

  3   variety of agents that are packaged in this type of

 

  4   plastic, which may have an impact on my comments

 

  5   with injectables, et cetera.  I don't know what the

 

  6   future growth will be.

 

  7             But with the embossment right now, I think

 

  8   it's pretty clear that we really can't leave things

 

  9   the way that they are and that there are some

 

 10   changes that we heard from--I believe it was from

 

 11   Cardinal Health that possibly could help here.  One

 

 12   of them was the large type, and I thought that was

 

 13   a world of difference between that and the old

 

 14   type.

 

 15             However, I should point out that we're

 

 16   talking about clear containers now, colorless

 

 17   containers.  We're not talking about color

 

 18   containers, and there's a whole set of problems

 

 19   with that that I don't even know if we're going to

 

 20   get into.  But I would certainly discourage the use

 

 21   of color differentiation.

 

 22             But, at any rate--

 

                                                               136

 

  1             DR. GROSS:  Because?

 

  2             DR. COHEN:  Well, again, you know, the

 

  3   area of growth, confusion with other medications.

 

  4   Are you coloring them by class of drug or by

 

  5   individual drug?  If it's by individual drug, are

 

  6   there enough colors?  Et cetera, et cetera.  But,

 

  7   at any rate, we can get into that a little bit

 

  8   later.

 

  9             But I also want to point out that when you

 

 10   take these clear containers, what we saw was the

 

 11   container against a dark background.  When you put

 

 12   them against the table here or a lighter, white

 

 13   background, the readability still leaves something

 

 14   to be desired.  Plus, you know, the way that the

 

 15   photographer took the picture or something may have

 

 16   impacted, you know, how we viewed that as well.

 

 17   But I still think it really does have some

 

 18   possibility for us there with the large type.

 

 19             The other concern with that, though, is

 

 20   that in using that large type, it forced them to

 

 21   place the strength of the medication on the

 

 22   opposite side.  In reality, I still think there

 

                                                               137

 

  1   will be some medication errors where people will

 

  2   leave these on a counter or in a bin, for example,

 

  3   see, you know, Ipatropium or whatever the

 

  4   medication is, and not pick it up and turn it over.

 

  5   So you'll have some confusion between strengths

 

  6   still.

 

  7             So, with those caveats, I think that is

 

  8   one thing that should remain on the list, the

 

  9   embossment with larger characters.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Anyone else want to comment?

 

 11   Yes, Stephanie?

 

 12             DR. CRAWFORD:  I'd actually like to

 

 13   address my question to the agency.  What would be

 

 14   the feasibility from a regulatory perspective of

 

 15   increasing the type, knowing that other content

 

 16   would have to be removed from the immediate

 

 17   container?

 

 18             MS. HOLQUIST:  Well, right now there is a

 

 19   regulation for what's allowable for the smallest

 

 20   size label, and it's pretty minimal.  Basically

 

 21   it's the name of the product, either the

 

 22   proprietary name, the established name, the

 

                                                               138

 

  1   manufacturer, the lot number, and expiration date.

 

  2   I don't know how much less of that that you can

 

  3   include because if there is a product problem with

 

  4   a specific lot number, you're going to need that

 

  5   information with each nebule.  If it's on like one

 

  6   of these flanges and it's removed, that information

 

  7   is gone, so basically your stock is pretty much

 

  8   wasted because you'd probably have to throw it out

 

  9   because it's in doubt whether it's that affected

 

 10   lot.

 

 11             It would be great if nobody put a

 

 12   proprietary name on there, but we know that's not

 

 13   going to happen.  So, you know, it has to be the

 

 14   name of the drug and it has to be the strength

 

 15   because there are multiple products.  So I really

 

 16   don't know how we could eliminate much more than

 

 17   what's required on there.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Robyn?

 

 19             MS. SHAPIRO:  This is probably a stupid

 

 20   question.  Can you different-color the embossed

 

 21   figures so that you have embossments, or whatever

 

 22   the noun is, in a different color so there is

 

                                                               139

 

  1   contrast?

 

  2             DR. SADEGHI:  [Inaudible, off microphone]

 

  3   like a stamp, you have an ink layer [inaudible].

 

  4             MS. SHAPIRO:  Right.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Brian?

 

  6             DR. STROM:  I want to come back to

 

  7   Michael's suggestion, which I think makes enormous

 

  8   sense.  I think from the list of things you just

 

  9   gave us that are now required, there is a very big

 

 10   difference between the importance of the drug name

 

 11   and the strength versus the lot number, for

 

 12   example.  And to say that they're equivalent, I

 

 13   think from a clinical point of view, you don't need

 

 14   the lot number.  And if there's a problem, yeah,

 

 15   you'd like to know the lot number, but chances are

 

 16   it's going to have been thrown away by then.  The

 

 17   container will have been thrown away regardless.

 

 18             It would be nice to have the lot number on

 

 19   it, but I would not by any means consider it

 

 20   equivalent to the drug name.  And so the idea of

 

 21   having the drug name in big print like we saw and

 

 22   the lot number on the flange on the bottom in small

 

                                                               140

 

  1   print and the expiration date on the flange on the

 

  2   bottom in small print--again, I don't think it

 

  3   should be unavailable, but I think the two are

 

  4   dramatically different in their clinical

 

  5   importance.  And to differentiate between them in

 

  6   the label personally I would think would make a lot

 

  7   of sense.

 

  8             DR. SULLIVAN:  Let me see if I can

 

  9   respond.  I think we have to be a little bit

 

 10   careful because there is a specific regulation

 

 11   about minimum requirements in labeling, and we can

 

 12   presume that a lot of thought went into that.  And

 

 13   the requirement is regarding drug products that are

 

 14   so small that you have to really minimize what you

 

 15   put on there.  And through the process that

 

 16   regulations were developed, it was determined that

 

 17   this was the minimum set.  And I think we ought to

 

 18   be careful that in solving this problem we don't

 

 19   perhaps brush aside what probably was considered

 

 20   very carefully.

 

 21             And I would think that in a setting of

 

 22   particularly a drug recall that it would be

 

                                                               141

 

  1   critical to be able to have the lot number there.

 

  2   And this is just an off-the-cuff remark, but I do

 

  3   want to respect the process that apparently was

 

  4   undertaken to make the regulation to think

 

  5   carefully about what's the minimum amount of data

 

  6   that should be there.

 

  7             DR. STROM:  If I can follow up, let me

 

  8   just clarify.  I'm not saying--I'm not disagreeing

 

  9   with you.  I'm not saying that the data shouldn't

 

 10   be there.  What I'm saying is the weighting of the

 

 11   data and the importance of the data and the utility

 

 12   of the data are very different, that the lot number

 

 13   is important when you have a recall, which is

 

 14   hopefully uncommon.  The drug name and dose is

 

 15   important every time you give it, and so the

 

 16   data--I'm not saying the data should be eliminated.

 

 17   I'm saying there should be a differentiation

 

 18   between the size and how they're provided.  So if

 

 19   you have a fixed amount of space, use most of it

 

 20   for what is most important and you need every day;

 

 21   and if you can't normally read the lot number

 

 22   without a magnifying glass, who cares?

 

                                                               142

 

  1             [Inaudible comment off microphone.]

 

  2             DR. STROM:  You can't anyway, yes.  Yes.

 

  3             DR. SHAH:  I think currently we are doing

 

  4   in a sort of way that the lot number and expiration

 

  5   date is going to on the bottom flanges, which is

 

  6   always tiny, small.  So I agree with him that the

 

  7   increase of the text size does make a dramatic

 

  8   difference.  So I think there is an opportunity

 

  9   over there to make an improvement as far as the

 

 10   medication error is concerned.

 

 11             DR. SULLIVAN:  Yes, I thought the basis of

 

 12   that slide was that in order to increase this size,

 

 13   we'd have to eliminate some of what's currently

 

 14   required.  And if we were to say we agree with

 

 15   that, we ought to think very carefully.

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  Leslie?

 

 17             DR. HENDELES:  A compromise might be to

 

 18   use the first and second bullet where you increase

 

 19   the print size, leave on the essential information,

 

 20   but put one unit in a foil pack.  That would solve

 

 21   all of those problems.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Yes?

 

                                                               143

 

  1             DR. STEMHAGEN:  One of the things that's

 

  2   not on the list is changing the size and shape and

 

  3   differentiating by size and whether that's even a

 

  4   possibility, you know, different doses at different

 

  5   sizes and things.  We saw a couple different

 

  6   shapes, but we didn't really talk about that kind

 

  7   of change in packaging.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Thank you, Annette.

 

  9             Any other comments on embossing?  Arthur?

 

 10             MR. LEVIN:  In terms of shape and size--I

 

 11   mean, it's a little off embossing, but are there

 

 12   any studies that look at the ability of people to

 

 13   recognize that in the field?  It strikes me it's an

 

 14   accident waiting to happen.  But I just don't know

 

 15   if there are studies out there that look at these

 

 16   issues of differentiation by side and shape in the

 

 17   clinical setting.  If people are indeed carrying

 

 18   dozens of vials in their pocket, you're asking an

 

 19   awful lot if you expect that to make a difference

 

 20   or reducing the possibility they may pick the wrong

 

 21   dose or the wrong drug.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  I guess part of that question

 

                                                               144

 

  1   is:  Does the FDA--can the FDA sponsor research

 

  2   studies to deal with some of these questions?

 

  3             DR. SHAH:  I'll just say one more thing

 

  4   regarding the shape--

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  No answer to that question?

 

  6             DR. SHAH:  No.  I think we can take it to

 

  7   the agency, but I think it's a policy issue, and I

 

  8   think they will have to consider that.

 

  9             DR. GROSS:  Okay.

 

 10             PARTICIPANT:  [Inaudible comment off

 

 11   microphone]--once you do that, [inaudible] same

 

 12   product, and then you have to standardize it across

 

 13   the board.  One manufacturer makes it this shape,

 

 14   another makes a different shape, [inaudible].

 

 15             DR. SHAH:  I was just making the same

 

 16   point, that, you know, if you are just going to

 

 17   rely on the shape, oh, this particular shape is

 

 18   associated with this drug product and somebody

 

 19   decides to make for some other drug product a

 

 20   similar shape, then we are still going to have a

 

 21   similar problem.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Brian?

 

                                                               145

 

  1             DR. STROM:  Just involved with the shape

 

  2   thing, I think it's probably--I'd be interested in

 

  3   Michael's answer, but my reaction is it's similar

 

  4   probably to the color issues, which I think is what

 

  5   Michael is suggesting.  To the degree you give

 

  6   people an alternative cue, they'll use that cue

 

  7   instead of the name, and you're more likely to have

 

  8   errors, therefore, because people are using that

 

  9   cue instead of the name.  I would rather people

 

 10   have to use the name but it be legible.  They're

 

 11   less likely to make errors, I think.  But, again,

 

 12   you know, I'd like to see data.

 

 13             DR. STEMHAGEN:  I was thinking that we're

 

 14   trying to squeeze a lot of information on a small

 

 15   thing.  If it were bigger, you'd have a little bit

 

 16   more space to make the print larger.  That's where

 

 17   the size issue was--

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Let me see if I can summarize

 

 19   the sense of the group on the embossed issue:  If

 

 20   embossing is to be continued, it should be done

 

 21   where the drug name and dose is much larger print,

 

 22   and yet we still have to consider what to do about

 

                                                               146

 

  1   expiration date and lot number, although that could

 

  2   be smaller.  Is that sort of the sense of the

 

  3   group?

 

  4             PARTICIPANT:  Yes.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Let's go to number two,

 

  6   unit package overwrap.  Anyone want to comment on

 

  7   that?  Yes, Jackie?

 

  8             DR. GARDNER:  As mentioned earlier, I

 

  9   favor this one in conjunction with the former so

 

 10   that the embossed product that's inside would also

 

 11   have the larger, more legible features that were

 

 12   mentioned in bullet number one, and this would give

 

 13   us the opportunity for a good deal more in the way

 

 14   of information, identification, and bar coding.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Henri?

 

 16             DR. MANASSE:  I would urge us or urge the

 

 17   agency and the manufacturing industry to explore a

 

 18   mechanism whereby that outer overwrap cannot be

 

 19   separated until actual use of the drug from the

 

 20   original vial.  So when you rip off the outer wrap,

 

 21   that then opens the package for use.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  So your comment addresses the

 

                                                               147

 

  1   issue brought up by many of the respiratory

 

  2   therapists that they'll take it out of the wrap and

 

  3   put all of them in a jumble in their pocket, and

 

  4   then the wrap is sort of useless for

 

  5   identification.

 

  6             DR. MANASSE:  Exactly.

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  I don't know if that's--I

 

  8   guess anything's mechanically possible to attach

 

  9   the two.

 

 10             Any other comments on the wrap?  Michael?

 

 11             DR. COHEN:  Just I absolutely agree with

 

 12   what Henri was saying about, you know, having a

 

 13   foil wrap but being able to tear it at the same

 

 14   time as you open the container.

 

 15             And just to point out that I have

 

 16   absolutely no doubt that people will remove--unless

 

 17   we do that, people will remove them from the

 

 18   overwrap.  We've seen that with, you know, nurses

 

 19   administering drugs that are packaged in cartons,

 

 20   for example, and sent as unit doses or some other

 

 21   type of outer wrap.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  So the sense of the

 

                                                               148

 

  1   group is that the unit package overwrap is a

 

  2   reasonable idea, but we still have to deal with the

 

  3   issue of it being discarded well before the drug is

 

  4   administered.  Is that fair enough?  Well, the new

 

  5   data curmudgeon's comments, Jackie, about having

 

  6   more data, we all agree with.

 

  7             [Laughter.]

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  The next is the

 

  9   printed, elongated bottom tabs.  I know the one I

 

 10   saw that I liked with the refresh label.  The black

 

 11   writing, although small, was pretty clear, even for

 

 12   these eyes.  Any other comments?  Can you see it,

 

 13   Arthur?

 

 14             [Laughter.]

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Any other comments?

 

 16             DR. STROM:  Is there a concern about

 

 17   leaching in that setting?

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Dr. Shah, could you answer

 

 19   that?  If you put a printed label on the tab

 

 20   attached to the main vial, I guess it's

 

 21   theoretically possible that some of that print

 

 22   could eventually leach in, but it's less likely.

 

                                                               149

 

  1             DR. SHAH:  Again, if that is in an

 

  2   overwrap pouch and then it is a closed environment

 

  3   and if there are volatile solvents into the glue

 

  4   which has been used, then, yes, that is a

 

  5   possibility.  That will be exactly the same thing.

 

  6   Instead of the close contact, it is a little bit

 

  7   away, but it still will have that possibility.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Any other comments on

 

  9   the elongated tabs?  Do people like them?

 

 10             DR. STROM:  Let me suggest, maybe this is

 

 11   a summary, I think, of the sense that they look

 

 12   attractive, but if they raise the same concern

 

 13   about leaching, they're no advantage.  So what's

 

 14   needed before a decision is made is a similar study

 

 15   to the kind that you did with the marketed products

 

 16   to find out if, in fact, there's leaching, given

 

 17   what we're hearing is it's just theoretical.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Right.  More data.

 

 19             DR. CRAWFORD:  Dr. Gross?

 

 20             DR. GROSS:  Yes, Stephanie?

 

 21             DR. CRAWFORD:  Could I just add that I

 

 22   think and the sentiment of the committee right now

 

                                                               150

 

  1   is that we're not making a recommendation for this

 

  2   because we don't have evidence that it won't cause

 

  3   more problems than it solves for this particular

 

  4   one.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  So we need some data before a

 

  6   sense can be formed, and that, you know, probably

 

  7   applies to almost everything that we're going to

 

  8   comment on.

 

  9             Okay.  Paper labels, not glued to the tab

 

 10   but glued to the actual vial where the medication

 

 11   is.  Any comments on that?

 

 12             DR. HENDELES:  Isn't there a problem with

 

 13   that?

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  Oh, well, this is what we're

 

 15   supposed to say, yes.  Right.  So Leslie's vote

 

 16   is--

 

 17             [Laughter.]

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Leslie's vote is, hello,

 

 19   there's a problem.

 

 20             [Laughter.]

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Okay, Michael?

 

 22             DR. COHEN:  Obviously there's a concern

 

                                                               151

 

  1   about the safety at this point.  I should point

 

  2   out, though, that whether we put labels on it or

 

  3   not, I think in some cases with unit-dose drug

 

  4   distribution, the pharmacy is going to put labels

 

  5   on them of their own.  So that's going to probably

 

  6   seep in if we don't do something to change it

 

  7   otherwise.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  So the--yes, Henri?

 

  9             DR. MANASSE:  Michael raises a really

 

 10   important point which hasn't been part of the

 

 11   dialogue today.  As manufacturers decrease the

 

 12   production of unit-dose packaged drugs, it forces

 

 13   hospitals into being in the packaging business.

 

 14   And most hospitals are not experts in packaging,

 

 15   and, consequently, this issue of the leaching and

 

 16   the paper label attachment is probably a warning

 

 17   that has to go out to hospitals who do engage in

 

 18   the packaging business, because we've now

 

 19   introduced a packaging phenomenon that's not well

 

 20   understood.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Leslie?

 

 22             DR. HENDELES:  By extension, then,

 

                                                               152

 

  1   pharmacists in the community who compound nebulizer

 

  2   solutions need to have that same warning.  It

 

  3   shouldn't be just in the hospital because that's a

 

  4   whole other problem that's outside the control of

 

  5   the FDA.  But, still, if there's a potential

 

  6   problem with commercial products, it's equally a

 

  7   problem with compounded nebulizer solutions.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Yes, Arthur?

 

  9             MR. LEVIN:  I want to follow up because I

 

 10   always thought we were hardly using unit-of-use

 

 11   packaging from manufacturers as a source compared

 

 12   to everywhere--it's one of these things, America

 

 13   versus everywhere else in the world where

 

 14   unit-of-use packaging is the standard.  And you're

 

 15   saying it's getting--actually, there's less

 

 16   unit-of-use packaging being delivered by--which is

 

 17   really troubling.  You know, if that's the trend,

 

 18   then looking at solutions that are dependent on

 

 19   manufacturers to do the right thing is crazy,

 

 20   because then we need to really be looking at where

 

 21   they get--at the repackaging problem.  So, I mean,

 

 22   I think that's another piece of data that we need

 

                                                               153

 

  1   to have, that if we're looking to have

 

  2   manufacturers use unit-of-use packaging as part of

 

  3   the solution or most of the solution to the

 

  4   problems we're discussing, and indeed they're doing

 

  5   less and less of that and there's repackaging at

 

  6   the community pharmacy level, the mail-order

 

  7   pharmacy level, or at the hospital or other

 

  8   dispensing level, then all of this is besides the

 

  9   point.  So we need to know more about that.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Michael, another comment?

 

 11             DR. COHEN:  The term unit of use is

 

 12   different than unit dose.  We were speaking about

 

 13   unit dose, meaning the individual dose for that

 

 14   patient.  Unit of use would be package that

 

 15   contains perhaps a supply of medications just for

 

 16   that patient.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  So the sense of the

 

 18   group with paper labels seems to be it's less than

 

 19   ideal and it's probably something that should be

 

 20   avoided.  But, once again, there is no data to show

 

 21   the human toxicity from the observed leaching of

 

 22   compounds, and that would just make, you know, life

 

                                                               154

 

  1   easier if it was at all possible to get that, which

 

  2   it may not be.

 

  3             Ink without label is probably even worse

 

  4   than paper labels, but, Curt, did you want to say

 

  5   something?

 

  6             DR. FURBERG:  I just want to say that for

 

  7   the paper labels, is it possible to have a warning

 

  8   box like we have for drugs, warn against using

 

  9   paper labels directed at the pharmacists.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Gene?

 

 11             DR. SULLIVAN:  You're saying that if

 

 12   manufacturers proceeded--or continued to use

 

 13   embossed or debossed and the pharmacist chose--they

 

 14   thought it was best to take their own label and

 

 15   stick it on?

 

 16             DR. FURBERG:  Yes, that's correct.  I

 

 17   mean, have you ever addressed that, warnings

 

 18   directed at the middleman, the pharmacist, rather

 

 19   than at the health care provider and the patient,

 

 20   warn them against doing things to the vial?

 

 21             DR. SULLIVAN:  Right.  I think--

 

 22             DR. FURBERG:  Any label, doing whatever,

 

                                                               155

 

  1   removing the overwrap, et cetera.

 

  2             DR. SULLIVAN:  You're right.  It seems

 

  3   unwise for people who are not expert to be using

 

  4   materials that are not well characterized and

 

  5   applying them directly to a permeable container

 

  6   closure system, and certainly that is something

 

  7   that--a practice that shouldn't be undertaken.  I

 

  8   think that we're today trying to talk about what to

 

  9   ask the manufacturers to do in regards to what they

 

 10   can do to improve the legibility so that perhaps

 

 11   pharmacists won't feel compelled to do what maybe

 

 12   they are doing.

 

 13             DR. SHAH:  Can I add to that?  Especially

 

 14   on the labeling, there is clearly a warning that

 

 15   says open just prior to use, so they are not

 

 16   supposed to remove it from the container.

 

 17             DR. FURBERG:  You can add to that.

 

 18             DR. SHAH:  Yes, we can add it, but this is

 

 19   just the practice and that's what happens, I guess.

 

 20   And I guess at that point I don't think the agency

 

 21   has a control over that, and I think that's another

 

 22   way to educate the people and then get the message

 

                                                               156

 

  1   around, I would think.

 

  2             DR. SULLIVAN:  It's been our informal

 

  3   assumption that if they were individually wrapped,

 

  4   it would greatly decrease the likelihood of

 

  5   respiratory therapists, you know, going in the

 

  6   morning and unwrapping 20 and then putting them in

 

  7   their pocket to care for patients through the day.

 

  8   I think that's probably less likely, and we could

 

  9   get some input from the speaker from the

 

 10   Respiratory Care Association.  Intuitively, it

 

 11   seems less likely that would occur.  I think you

 

 12   can't, just as you can't--you know, patients at

 

 13   home may take out five pills from their bottle and

 

 14   they're divorced from the labeling, that could

 

 15   happen.  It's been our assumption that it would be

 

 16   much less likely if there was just one vial per

 

 17   pouch.

 

 18             DR. FURBERG:  But you could still use the

 

 19   overwrap to have a warning.

 

 20             DR. GROSS:  Karen?

 

 21             MS. STEWART:  [Inaudible, off microphone.]

 

 22   I think if it--the problem comes when they package

 

                                                               157

 

  1   multiple [inaudible].

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  This is another favorable push

 

  3   for a unit package overwrap.

 

  4             Is there anyone who would like to speak in

 

  5   favor of ink without label directly on the LDPE

 

  6   vial?  Michael?

 

  7             DR. COHEN:  I don't want to speak in favor

 

  8   of it, but one of the examples that was shown was

 

  9   an injectable with the ink embossed--or printed

 

 10   right on the label.  That was the Naropin

 

 11   injection.  And I'm wondering, you know, if there's

 

 12   a concern with patients with respiratory disorders,

 

 13   is there a concern with systemic use of a drug like

 

 14   that?  Do we know anything about that, as a matter

 

 15   of fact?

 

 16             DR. SULLIVAN:  So the question is:  Is

 

 17   there a difference in our concern regarding the

 

 18   level of contaminants?  I think from a

 

 19   pulmonologist's perspective there is, that

 

 20   particularly because of the nature of the patients

 

 21   we treat, who can be very sensitive--you know, I

 

 22   touched on it my talk.  We haven't spoken too much

 

                                                               158

 

  1   more about it, but patients that actually develop

 

  2   specific immunity.  So they're allergic to things,

 

  3   and atopic patients, asthmatics, are more likely to

 

  4   develop specific immunity, and probably

 

  5   physiologically, humans are more likely to develop

 

  6   specific immunity when drugs are administered by

 

  7   the inhalation route than by other routes, like

 

  8   oral or even IV.  So I understand your point about

 

  9   separating these drugs.  The issue of there being

 

 10   multiple routes of administration is important

 

 11   because you mix up between the routes.

 

 12             The specific concern about the chemical

 

 13   impurities to me is particularly important for

 

 14   inhalation drugs.

 

 15             DR. COHEN:  I guess it leads me to ask the

 

 16   question then:  Will you allow--I mean, we have

 

 17   already several injectable products in this type of

 

 18   plastic.  There will be saline and heparin and, you

 

 19   know, various products like that.  And I'm

 

 20   wondering, I guess, if you would allow then the use

 

 21   of ink on these containers, because that would

 

 22   solve our problem if there's no concern at FDA for

 

                                                               159

 

  1   the ink and the volatiles from the ink.  With

 

  2   systemic use.

 

  3             DR. GROSS:  Yes, Brian?

 

  4             DR. STROM:  Speaking not as a

 

  5   pulmonologist but a general internist, I worry

 

  6   about IV injection of contaminants more than

 

  7   pulmonary.  I mean, yes, it may be less sensitizing

 

  8   perhaps than the lungs, but, still, IV injection of

 

  9   contaminants I would think would be at least as

 

 10   worse.

 

 11             DR. SULLIVAN:  Well, I mean, of course,

 

 12   all the products are carefully controlled, and I

 

 13   don't have the expertise--maybe Dr. Shah

 

 14   does--about the particular controls that are put on

 

 15   oral products or IV products.  But we very closely

 

 16   control inhalation products because of the issues

 

 17   of irritants and because of the issues of

 

 18   sensitization.  And which is a greater risk I guess

 

 19   I won't firmly state, so--

 

 20             DR. GROSS:  The sense of the group seems

 

 21   to be, in the absence of human data of actual risk,

 

 22   our recommendation would be to avoid the ink

 

                                                               160

 

  1   without label directly on the vial containing the

 

  2   medication.  Is that fair?  Anybody disagree with

 

  3   that?

 

  4             DR. COHEN:  I have a--

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Michael disagrees.

 

  6             DR. COHEN:  These types of packages are

 

  7   used widely in other countries for parenteral

 

  8   medications, and I don't know that there's been

 

  9   anything ever reported, you know, as an adverse

 

 10   effect specifically tied to the inks.  I don't

 

 11   know.  But, you know, I express the same concern

 

 12   that Dr. Strom has.  If there's any evidence at all

 

 13   that there's leaching of the ink through the

 

 14   plastic, through the semipermeable membrane, that

 

 15   would be a concern systemically.  I just didn't

 

 16   know.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Leslie?

 

 18             DR. HENDELES:  There's actually precedent

 

 19   with sulfites and tartrazine, other substances in

 

 20   medications that cause reactions in selected

 

 21   patients.  So I think if there's any way of

 

 22   avoiding putting something in that you don't know

 

                                                               161

 

  1   to be safe, you should avoid it because there are

 

  2   examples of other contaminants causing the reaction

 

  3   than the drug.

 

  4             DR. GROSS:  The question is for the

 

  5   specific ones, do we know them to be unsafe?  Yes,

 

  6   Brian?

 

  7             DR. STROM:  I guess my sense in a

 

  8   data-free world that we're operating in here is to

 

  9   share the concern that you expressed, Peter, of a

 

 10   consensus of let's not use it here because of the

 

 11   risk of contaminants.  But I would take that

 

 12   further in two ways.  One is I would extend that

 

 13   for intravenous use; and, second, I would call for

 

 14   data.  It would be nice to know if any of these

 

 15   things mattered, not just in terms of measuring

 

 16   contaminants but even in animal studies, if we

 

 17   can't identify it.

 

 18             I would think in the respiratory situation

 

 19   would be one of the hardest places to get data on

 

 20   the clinical importance of them.  But perhaps in an

 

 21   intravenous setting, it might be more possible to

 

 22   get some data in terms of different products of the

 

                                                               162

 

  1   same drug, for example, that have ink on the label

 

  2   versus don't have ink on the label and is there a

 

  3   difference in subsequent allergic reactions to

 

  4   them.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  The next one is tactile

 

  6   recognition, use of textures on the LDPE vials.

 

  7   Anyone want to comment on that?  And maybe could

 

  8   someone from the FDA elaborate on what you mean by

 

  9   textures.  Do you mean smooth versus rough?  Or do

 

 10   you mean feeling the letters?  What's meant by

 

 11   that?

 

 12             MS. HOLQUIST:  A combination of any of

 

 13   those things, by using the type of letters that you

 

 14   can feel, by the different shapes, or should we

 

 15   make the vial feel from for different products?  We

 

 16   just threw it out there as another suggestion.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Jackie?

 

 18             DR. GARDNER:  It seems that the point that

 

 19   was brought up about standardization with various

 

 20   manufacturers applies here as well and should be

 

 21   considered.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Good point.

 

                                                               163

 

  1             Michael?

 

  2             DR. COHEN:  Again, I'll join the data

 

  3   camp.  I don't think we know much about the tactile

 

  4   cues.  I mean, from a human factor standpoint it

 

  5   certainly makes sense, but using them on actual

 

  6   drug products, I don't know of any history with

 

  7   other products where that's been successful.

 

  8             Perhaps the shape of the container as a

 

  9   tactile cue, the octagonal shape, the hexagonal

 

 10   shape, et cetera, square.  We used to do that with

 

 11   insulin vials, for example.  That might have been

 

 12   effective.  But if that's the case, I don't think

 

 13   you have enough different shapes that could be

 

 14   used, and it also puts burdens on the manufacturers

 

 15   and elevates the cost when you have these different

 

 16   shapes.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Again, a suggestion to the FDA

 

 18   from a research point of view.  When we had that

 

 19   conference--I guess it's almost a year ago now--on

 

 20   look-alike, sound-alike drugs and someone spoke on

 

 21   human factor engineering, it might be interesting

 

 22   to get some input from that kind of person and have

 

                                                               164

 

  1   them test some of these issues.

 

  2             Brian?

 

  3             DR. STROM:  I would also echo my comment

 

  4   before, like with color.  Anything that takes

 

  5   people--there aren't enough options in textures in

 

  6   order to replace the use of names.  And anything

 

  7   that removes people's attention from the drug name

 

  8   I think might be more likely to cause problems than

 

  9   less, though, again, that's supposition without

 

 10   data to prove that.

 

 11             DR. GROSS:  That brings up an issue that

 

 12   the Joint Commission has dealt with on using two

 

 13   patient identifiers.  Should there--you're

 

 14   suggesting you'll confuse people, and, you know,

 

 15   does that rule apply at all to drug use that there

 

 16   be two kinds of identifiers, or at least not

 

 17   another identifier that might confuse them?

 

 18             DR. STROM:  I guess my--I think the

 

 19   difference versus the Joint Commission situation,

 

 20   the Joint Commission is asking for two unique

 

 21   identifiers for the patient.  What we're talking

 

 22   about here would be one unique identifier, which is

 

                                                               165

 

  1   the name, and another unique identifier, the

 

  2   texture or the color--which isn't unique.  There

 

  3   aren't enough unique options in order to make it

 

  4   unique.  If it really was possible to have--you

 

  5   know, how many products are we talking about here,

 

  6   30, 40?  There aren't that many textures.  And if

 

  7   it were really possible to have enough unique

 

  8   colors or unique textures, you might think about

 

  9   that, though I would still think then training

 

 10   people to remember which texture corresponds to

 

 11   which name would be hard as well.

 

 12             So it's different than the Joint

 

 13   Commission situation where you're talking about a

 

 14   patient's name, which is unique to that patient,

 

 15   and both identifiers have that same name.  The

 

 16   equivalent here would be having the drug name both

 

 17   embossed and also on the overwrap.  And we are

 

 18   suggesting that that makes sense here.

 

 19             DR. GROSS:  So the sense of the group

 

 20   seems to be that tactile recognition is not

 

 21   recommended and may confuse.  Does anybody disagree

 

 22   with that?

 

                                                               166

 

  1             [No response.]

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  The next item is shrink

 

  3   wrap labels as an example that was circulated

 

  4   around, and not attached to the LDPE vial itself

 

  5   but to a tab or an appendage attached to the vial.

 

  6   Is that what the FDA means by that?  Anybody have

 

  7   any comments?  Michael?

 

  8             DR. COHEN:  This would be my number one

 

  9   preference, as I mentioned before, because it gives

 

 10   you so much flexibility.  You can easily see the

 

 11   black type on a white background.  You can put bar

 

 12   codes on it, et cetera.  But, you know, I have a

 

 13   concern if FDA has a concern about the volatility

 

 14   of those inks, except, you know, I'd love to see

 

 15   the studies that you were talking about because it

 

 16   just seems to me that this is not an ink that is in

 

 17   direct contact with the LDPE plastic.  It's on the

 

 18   overwrap itself.  I understand that it still might

 

 19   be volatile within that micro environment, et

 

 20   cetera, but it might be at a level that's not even

 

 21   close to, you know, causing a problem.  I just

 

 22   don't know.  But I'd love to see the studies.

 

                                                               167

 

  1             MR. LEVIN:  Just a point of information.

 

  2   I would guess that there are inks and there are

 

  3   inks.  Are there vegetable dye inks?  Are there

 

  4   different kinds of inks that may increase or lessen

 

  5   the potential toxicity?

 

  6             DR. SHAH:  Yes, as I mentioned in my

 

  7   presentation, there are water-based inks and there

 

  8   are organic solvent-based inks.  So if you have

 

  9   carefully selected ink formulations in which you do

 

 10   not have volatile components, then there is pretty

 

 11   much not any likelihood of any volatile to be

 

 12   present in the ink formulation that may migrate to

 

 13   the vial.  So that is a possibility.  People can

 

 14   think about that.

 

 15             MR. LEVIN:  Is that something that the

 

 16   agency could stipulate, that inks used--I mean, for

 

 17   example, if this was the model and then further

 

 18   stipulate that inks used would have to not--you

 

 19   know, would not contain volatile substances to

 

 20   minimize risk?  It's a question.

 

 21             DR. SHAH:  I don't know.  I will have to

 

 22   ask our, you know, upper office and then find out

 

                                                               168

 

  1   about that.  I'm not sure about that.

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  Any other comments?  Yes,

 

  3   Brian?

 

  4             DR. STROM:  I just want to echo the

 

  5   comment that in many ways this is attractive.  It

 

  6   just would be nice to see before that the kind of

 

  7   studies of contaminants that we saw before

 

  8   deciding.  So I guess my recommendation would be a

 

  9   conditional, this is preferable after those studies

 

 10   are done.  Without those studies being done, we

 

 11   don't know that this is any better than the current

 

 12   approach in terms of leakage.

 

 13             DR. GROSS:  And that's part of one of the

 

 14   requests, that whatever we recommend doesn't create

 

 15   additional problems.  So we do need that data.

 

 16             Okay.  So what Brian said I think sums up

 

 17   what the group thinks.  Fair enough?  Okay.

 

 18             The last is glass ampules, and perhaps

 

 19   someone could comment from the FDA or Michael or

 

 20   anyone, why did we move away from glass ampules in

 

 21   the first place to plastic?  Was it accident prone

 

 22   or what?

 

                                                               169

 

  1             DR. COHEN:  I'm sorry.  I raised my hand

 

  2   too--I don't know why we moved away from it, but

 

  3   I'd hate to be a respiratory therapist if I had to

 

  4   crack open all those glass ampules.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  Right.  So it's an accident

 

  6   issue.

 

  7             MS. HOLQUIST:  Also, I think it lends to

 

  8   errors, as you saw by Marci's slide with the

 

  9   acetylcysteine where it comes in an IV route and a

 

 10   respiratory route, and so it was confused because

 

 11   it looked like an IV product.

 

 12             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Any other comments on

 

 13   glass?  Brian?

 

 14             DR. STROM:  In follow-up to that comment,

 

 15   should we think about a recommendation that the

 

 16   plastic--especially if the plastic is being widely

 

 17   used now in respiratory and it's not being widely

 

 18   used elsewhere but beginning to, that, in fact,

 

 19   that distinction--we're talking about tactile and

 

 20   whatever--be kept clean, i.e., that the plastic be

 

 21   used for respiratory and for parenteral use it be

 

 22   glass?

 

                                                               170

 

  1             MS. HOLQUIST:  I think it's a good

 

  2   recommendation, but, again, it's something we have

 

  3   to bring back to the agency and provide to all the

 

  4   other review divisions that are involved.  It's not

 

  5   just the pulmonary division.

 

  6             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  I guess you're all

 

  7   getting hungry.  I'm not sure if lunch is here, but

 

  8   we'll probably break pretty soon.

 

  9             Annette, did you have a comment, or

 

 10   anybody?

 

 11             [No response.]

 

 12             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  So the sense then is

 

 13   the last comment that Brian made, if glass is used

 

 14   at all, there probably should be a distinction that

 

 15   plastic be used as pulmonary inhalation medication

 

 16   and glass be used for other uses, such as

 

 17   intravenous use.  Is that fair?

 

 18             [No response.]

 

 19             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Why don't we take a

 

 20   break and we'll address 1b, 2, and 3 afterwards.

 

 21   We have an hour for lunch.

 

 22             [Luncheon recess.]

 

                                                               171

 

  1                        AFTERNOON SESSION

 

  2                                                   [12:50 p.m.]

 

  3             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  We will begin where we

 

  4   left off, and that is Item 1b.  The question was:

 

  5   Please identify creative solutions or alternative

 

  6   packaging designs that improve legibility and

 

  7   address the problem of ingress of chemical

 

  8   contaminants, and at the same time, do not create

 

  9   new problems.

 

 10             Would anyone like to comment?  Leslie?

 

 11             DR. HENDELES:  How about tying a ribbon

 

 12   around the end of the plastic vial, and on that

 

 13   ribbon you can imprint "Albuterol, 0.083 percent."

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  I don't know whether to say

 

 15   thank you or less levity.

 

 16             [Laughter.]

 

 17             DR. HENDELES:  Yellow ribbon.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  So you're tying a

 

 19   yellow ribbon around the medication.

 

 20             DR. HENDELES:  Yellow for Ipatropium, red

 

 21   for Albuterol.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  All right.  That's a creative-

 

                                                               172

 

  1             DR. HENDELES:  Red and yellow for the

 

  2   Duovent.

 

  3             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Are there any other

 

  4   creative suggestions?  Jackie?

 

  5             DR. GARDNER:  You know, there are

 

  6   thousands, and I have information that the

 

  7   manufacturers are actually working on some of them.

 

  8   And so I think rather than trying to come up with

 

  9   good ideas, however good that was, Les, maybe what

 

 10   we should do is encourage the people who have the

 

 11   most to gain from this to bring forward creative

 

 12   solutions that put all these objectives into play

 

 13   and give us some things to choose from--maybe not

 

 14   today but when they're ready--because they will

 

 15   have tested them as well.

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  Like we saw this morning,

 

 17   okay.

 

 18             Henri?

 

 19             DR. MANASSE:  I think as we consider new

 

 20   options and new directions in this area, I would

 

 21   hope that the industry and the FDA would very

 

 22   carefully consider symbologies that are

 

                                                               173

 

  1   electronically readable for patient verification.

 

  2   I think the system is moving in that direction.

 

  3   There are available technologies for that

 

  4   verification, and particularly patient-level

 

  5   verification.  Adding these technologies is going

 

  6   to be important.  I know what the issues are in

 

  7   terms of the bar code and the size of the bar code,

 

  8   but there are other symbologies that can be

 

  9   applied, like dot matrix technologies, et cetera,

 

 10   that wouldn't take the kind of space.  But as we

 

 11   get creative in this packaging, I think we should

 

 12   be real sensitive and help motivate and move the

 

 13   verification mechanisms along.

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  Any other comments?  Yes, Art?

 

 15             MR. LEVIN:  Just to reiterate the

 

 16   importance of also looking at the community

 

 17   pharmacy, ambulatory population, including the

 

 18   elderly, that use these products where the

 

 19   solutions may have to be different, frankly, than

 

 20   they are in the inpatient clinical setting.  And

 

 21   remember that that's probably an increasing

 

 22   population of use, and that we need probably to

 

                                                               174

 

  1   look at the research that's going on now in health

 

  2   literacy and cultural competency, et cetera, et

 

  3   cetera--in other words, a very broad view of what

 

  4   we need to know and sort of think out of the box on

 

  5   how to make this happen.

 

  6             DR. GROSS:  I think that's a very good

 

  7   point.  Just like they say children are not little

 

  8   adults, the elderly are not young adults, and we

 

  9   have different considerations for all those groups.

 

 10             I'm amazed--oh, thank you, Brian, for

 

 11   coming up with something.

 

 12             [Laughter.]

 

 13             DR. STROM:  I just wanted to return to

 

 14   Leslie's comments about the relative benefit and

 

 15   safety of these products as a class versus the MDIs

 

 16   and whether there should, in fact, be at least

 

 17   labeling comments or instructions that might

 

 18   provide some of the alternative data or in some way

 

 19   begin to push the field toward using the safer

 

 20   alternatives instead.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  There being no more

 

 22   comments for Item 1b, we'll move to number 2. 

 

                                                               175

 

  1   Please consider which stakeholder groups--we've

 

  2   discussed some of this already, but we should

 

  3   emphasize it now--be they manufacturers,

 

  4   practitioners, consumers, or others, can best

 

  5   advise the FDA about possible new packaging

 

  6   configurations that may resolve the issues we've

 

  7   discussed.

 

  8             Jackie already suggested we should

 

  9   encourage the manufacturers themselves to do this.

 

 10   And consumers.

 

 11             Yes, Henri?

 

 12             DR. MANASSE:  Peter, I again want to

 

 13   reiterate I think we ought to bring in the cosmetic

 

 14   industry packaging people.  They have done some

 

 15   incredibly innovative things in packaging.

 

 16             I think another sector that has a lot of

 

 17   experience in packaging has been the Department of

 

 18   Defense as we look at pouching food, for example,

 

 19   and sustaining it and everything else.  So I think

 

 20   our colleagues in the military may be helpful here

 

 21   as well.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  I heard someone say space,

 

                                                               176

 

  1   involve NASA.

 

  2             DR. MANASSE:  NASA.

 

  3             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Leslie?

 

  4             DR. HENDELES:  In regards to the

 

  5   consumers, there are two lay organizations of

 

  6   people interested in asthma.  One is Mothers of

 

  7   Asthmatics, and the other one slips my mind.  But

 

  8   there are two organizations, and getting their

 

  9   input might be worthwhile.  I can e-mail you the

 

 10   name of that second organization.

 

 11             DR. GROSS:  Fine.  Michael?

 

 12             DR. COHEN:  I just want to say whatever

 

 13   anyone comes up with, I really think it will be a

 

 14   great idea to involve organized respiratory

 

 15   therapy, organized pharmacy, and probably--I don't

 

 16   know if FDA can do this, similar to what they do

 

 17   with the drug names, as we heard at the last DSaRM

 

 18   Committee meeting, the idea of failure mode and

 

 19   effects analysis for any of these packaging changes

 

 20   that are made to make sure that--or minimize the

 

 21   chance that there might be a

 

 22   medication-error-related problem with them.

 

                                                               177

 

  1             DR. GROSS:  Yes, a rigorous FMEA approach

 

  2   could be very helpful.

 

  3             Yes, Curt?

 

  4             DR. FURBERG:  I just wonder whether this

 

  5   is a unique problem in the U.S.  If it's not, let's

 

  6   check and see what other countries are doing, other

 

  7   regulatory agencies, other countries.

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Good point.

 

  9             Brian?

 

 10             DR. STROM:  One of the things we talked a

 

 11   lot about this morning is the need for additional

 

 12   data here.  Some of it clearly needs to be

 

 13   generated by the manufacturer, but I wonder if

 

 14   there might be funding agencies--ARC, for

 

 15   example--more applied perhaps to CERTs.  Perhaps

 

 16   there's people in the CERTs who might be interested

 

 17   in studying some of these issues.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Good idea.

 

 19             Michael?

 

 20             DR. COHEN:  Just think a little bit more

 

 21   about that.  It isn't even just these products.

 

 22   It's other medication-error-related problems with

 

                                                               178

 

  1   labeling, packaging, you know, where is color

 

  2   appropriate, all that kind of stuff.  It would just

 

  3   be so helpful beyond this if we could get the right

 

  4   research done.  It just doesn't seem like things

 

  5   have been moving in that direction for whatever

 

  6   reason.

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  Curt?

 

  8             DR. FURBERG:  One way of getting research

 

  9   is to set up a meeting and invite people to come

 

 10   and present, and maybe it's time now to have a

 

 11   two-day workshop on these packaging issues and

 

 12   invite industry representatives, scientists, and

 

 13   others.  It's one way of advancing knowledge.

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  Like was done for look-alike,

 

 15   sound-alike names a year ago.

 

 16             Brian?

 

 17             DR. STROM:  Following up on Mike's idea of

 

 18   broadening the question, if the question were broad

 

 19   enough, you might be able to get the right group at

 

 20   NIH to be interested, focusing not so much on the

 

 21   specifics of the drug and the drug label because

 

 22   they're not going to care about that in the drug

 

                                                               179

 

  1   labeling, but issues of patient perception

 

  2   and--well, safety is really an ARC issue.  NIH

 

  3   isn't interested in patient safety.  But it's--but

 

  4   NIH would be more interested in sort of

 

  5   understanding patient perceptions and, you know,

 

  6   what is it that--you know, issues of color and

 

  7   tactile and sort of, you know, more broader,

 

  8   definitive, and maybe the National Institute of

 

  9   Mental Health, maybe issues--maybe the NHLBI given

 

 10   the importance of this for respiratory, but NHLBI

 

 11   probably would care less about that kind of thing.

 

 12   But NIMH or the National Institute of Nursing

 

 13   Research might be another that might be interested.

 

 14   Another might be NIA, actually, the National

 

 15   Institute of Aging, which has a pharmacology

 

 16   program and the issues here in terms of the elderly

 

 17   being able to read labels correctly and perceive

 

 18   drugs correctly would be a big one.  So in terms of

 

 19   looking at sort of who could potentially fund this,

 

 20   fund the necessary collection of data in a way that

 

 21   FDA can't, the NIA might be a logical one.

 

 22             DR. GROSS:  Any other comments?

 

                                                               180

 

  1             [No response.]

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  Well, that was very creative.

 

  3   Thank you.  That was very helpful.

 

  4             The last question, number 3, is:  Given

 

  5   what you have heard today, please describe an

 

  6   appropriate course of action to address the

 

  7   problems of ingress and medication errors due to

 

  8   legibility and similar packaging issues.

 

  9             Henri?

 

 10             DR. MANASSE:  Peter, I'd like to focus on

 

 11   the ingress issue.  I guess I'm impressed by how

 

 12   little we know about ingress in these kinds of

 

 13   plastics, the kind of chemicals that are creating

 

 14   the problem, the impacts that the ingress has on

 

 15   active ingredients.  And it seems to me that FDA

 

 16   ought to be stimulating knowing more about this and

 

 17   then from that making a determination as to whether

 

 18   or not the appropriate statutory and regulatory

 

 19   things are in place to be able to pursue requests

 

 20   about these issues, particularly the toxicities,

 

 21   through the application processes and the master

 

 22   file, et cetera.

 

                                                               181

 

  1             DR. GROSS:  Leslie?

 

  2             DR. HENDELES:  I recommend that the agency

 

  3   just revise that draft guidance to take into

 

  4   account some of the issues that we discussed under

 

  5   1a.  I mean, I think that would be the appropriate

 

  6   direction.

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Art?

 

  8             MR. LEVIN:  As we encourage manufacturers

 

  9   to be innovative in finding solutions, I'm worried

 

 10   about the issue of standardization because I think

 

 11   when everybody's looking at error prevention,

 

 12   standardization is certainly one of the big fix

 

 13   items.  So I'm just raising the question of how do

 

 14   we balance the tension between innovative solutions

 

 15   and creating industry standards so that we don't

 

 16   have ten different ways that people are doing

 

 17   things, causing even more confusion than we have

 

 18   now.  And I think it speaks to Henri's point about

 

 19   how the agency perceives its authority to require

 

 20   standards.  Once finding the gold standard, then

 

 21   what does the agency do with that, and does it need

 

 22   additional authority, for example, to require that

 

                                                               182

 

  1   that be the gold standard for all of these products

 

  2   which have basically been out there on the market?

 

  3   They're not going to be new drug applications.  But

 

  4   could they go back and say, In the future over a

 

  5   period of time we expect you to convert to this

 

  6   gold standard of packaging?

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  Any other comments?

 

  8             [No response.]

 

  9             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Well, I want to thank

 

 10   the presenters as well as the Advisory Committee

 

 11   members for this thoughtful exchange of

 

 12   information.  And at this particular point, we are

 

 13   going to adjourn for a bit because the Lotronex

 

 14   part of the agenda was scheduled to begin about 3

 

 15   o'clock.  I think we'll be able to begin at 2:30.

 

 16   Is that it?  2:20.  Okay.

 

 17             If there's any change in that, we'll get

 

 18   the word around because everybody's staying pretty

 

 19   close.  Okay.  Thank you.

 

 20             [Recess.]

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  Good afternoon.  I think we'll         

   21

 

 22   call the meeting to order.  I'd like to begin by

 

                                                               183

 

  1   reintroducing the people who are sitting around the

 

  2   table because we have a new group as part of the

 

  3   open public hearing.  So if we can begin--oh, there

 

  4   he is.  Next to Brian is?

 

  5             DR. KRIST:  My name is Alex Krist.  I'm

 

  6   with Virginia Commonwealth University.  I'm a

 

  7   member of the Gastrointestinal Drugs Advisory

 

  8   Committee, and I'm a family physician.

 

  9             DR. GROSS:  Brian?

 

 10             DR. STROM:  Brian Strom, University of

 

 11   Pennsylvania.

 

 12             DR. MANASSE:  I'm Henri Manasse.  I'm the

 

 13   executive vice president and chief executive

 

 14   officer of the American Society of Health-System

 

 15   Pharmacists.

 

 16             MS. SHAPIRO:  Robyn Shapiro, Director,

 

 17   Center for the Study of Bioethics, Medical College

 

 18   of Wisconsin.

 

 19             DR. STEMHAGEN:  I'm Annette Stemhagen from

 

 20   Covance, a contract research organization, and I'm

 

 21   the industry representative to this committee.

 

 22             DR. GARDNER:  Jacqueline Gardner,

 

                                                               184

 

  1   University of Washington, Department of Pharmacy.

 

  2             MR. LEVIN:  Art Levin, Center for Medical

 

  3   Consumers, and I am the consumer member of this

 

  4   committee.

 

  5             DR. FURBERG:  Curt Furberg, professor of

 

  6   public health sciences at Wake Forest University.

 

  7             DR. GROSS:  Peter Gross.  I'm Chair of

 

  8   Medicine at Hackensack University Medical Center

 

  9   and New Jersey Medical School, and I'm Chair of

 

 10   this Advisory Committee.

 

 11             MS. JAIN:  Shalini Jain, Executive

 

 12   Secretary, Drug Safety and Risk Management Advisory

 

 13   Committee.

 

 14             DR. CRAWFORD:  Stephanie Crawford,

 

 15   University of Illinois at Chicago, College of

 

 16   Pharmacy.

 

 17             DR. SELIGMAN:  Paul Seligman, Director,

 

 18   Office of Pharmacoepidemiology and Statistical

 

 19   Science, Center for Drugs at the FDA.

 

 20             DR. BEITZ:  Julie Beitz, the Deputy

 

 21   Director in the Office of Drug Evaluation III in

 

 22   CDER.

 

                                                               185

 

  1             DR. JUSTICE:  Robert Justice, Director of

 

  2   Division of Gastrointestinal and Coagulation Drug

 

  3   Products at FDA.

 

  4             DR. TRENTACOSTI:  Ann Marie Trentacosti,

 

  5   Medical Officer, Division of Gastrointestinal and

 

  6   Coagulation Drug Products at the FDA.

 

  7             DR. AVIGAN:  Mark Avigan, Director of the

 

  8   Division of Drug Risk Evaluation in the Office of

 

  9   Drug Safety.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Shalini Jain will read

 

 11   the conflict of interest statement.

 

        x                   MS. JAIN:  The following announcement            

12

 

 13   addresses the issue of conflict of interest with

 

 14   regard to this meeting and is made a part of the

 

 15   record to preclude even the appearance of such at

 

 16   this meeting.  Based on the submitted agenda for

 

 17   the meeting and all financial interests reported by

 

 18   the committee participants, it has been determined

 

 19   that all interests in firms regulated by the Center

 

 20   for Drug Evaluation and Research present no

 

 21   potential for an appearance of conflict at this

 

 22   meeting with the following exceptions:

 

                                                               186

 

  1             In accordance with 18 U.S.C. 208(b)(3),

 

  2   Dr. Brian Strom has been granted a waiver for

 

  3   consulting with two competitors on unrelated

 

  4   matters.  He receives less than $10,001 per year

 

  5   from one firm and between $10,001 and $50,000 per

 

  6   year from the other.

 

  7             Dr. Maria Sjogren has been granted a

 

  8   waiver under 208(b)(1) for consulting with the

 

  9   sponsor on unrelated matters.  She receives less

 

 10   than $10,001 per year.

 

 11             A copy of the waiver statements may be

 

 12   obtained by submitting a written request to the

 

 13   agency's Freedom of Information Office, Room 12A-30

 

 14   of the Parklawn Building.

 

 15             We would also like to note that Dr.

 

 16   Annette Stemhagen has been invited to participate

 

 17   as an industry representative, acting on behalf of

 

 18   regulated industry.  Dr. Stemhagen is employed by

 

 19   Covance Periapproval Services, Incorporated.

 

 20             In the event that the discussions involve

 

 21   any other products or firms not already on the

 

 22   agenda for which an FDA participant has a financial

 

                                                               187

 

  1   interest, the participants are aware of the need to

 

  2   exclude themselves from such involvement, and their

 

  3   exclusion will be noted for the record.

 

  4             With respect to all other participants, we

 

  5   ask in the interest of fairness that they address

 

  6   any current or previous financial involvement with

 

  7   any firm whose products they may wish to comment

 

  8   upon.

 

  9             Thank you.

 

 10             DR. GROSS:  Dr. Paul Seligman will give an

 

 11   introduction to the Lotronex issue.

 

        x                   DR. SELIGMAN:  Good afternoon.  It is my           

 12

 

 13   pleasure to introduce the second topic for today's

 

 14   meeting.  This afternoon we'll be hearing an update

 

 15   on the Lotronex Risk Management Program.  On April

 

 16   23, 2002, the Gastrointestinal Drugs Advisory

 

 17   Committee and this committee met and recommended

 

 18   reintroduction of Lotronex tablets to the market

 

 19   with certain restrictions, such as having patient

 

 20   and physician registries and physician

 

 21   certification training for prescribing.

 

 22             On June 7, 2002, FDA approved the

 

                                                               188

 

  1   restricted marketing of Lotronex with a risk

 

  2   management program that was mutually agreed upon by

 

  3   the Lotronex manufacturer, GlaxoSmithKline, and the

 

  4   FDA.  The details of this plan will be described in

 

  5   the subsequent presentations.

 

  6             Today, GSK will be presenting an update

 

  7   report on how the drug is being prescribed within

 

  8   the parameters of the risk management program and

 

  9   what the impact of this program has been.  The

 

 10   purpose of this discussion is primarily

 

 11   informational in nature to provide the committee an

 

 12   update.  As a consequence, we have allocated a

 

 13   limited amount of time for presentations and

 

 14   discussion.

 

 15             The risk management program that was

 

 16   implemented contained many but not all of the

 

 17   elements recommended by the Joint Advisory

 

 18   Committees in April of 2002.  As we gain experience

 

 19   with risk management programs, we think that it is

 

 20   important that there be a public airing of how well

 

 21   these programs function and whether they meet the

 

 22   goals that were set out for them.

 

                                                               189

 

  1             With that, I thank you for your attention

 

  2   and I thank the committee for being here today.  We

 

  3   will have both the speakers at the open public

 

  4   hearing as well as the speakers who are on the

 

  5   agenda to have them use this podium in front of the

 

  6   committee.

 

  7             So, with that, Mr. Chairman, I turn the

 

  8   proceedings over to you.

 

  9             DR. GROSS:  Thank you, Dr. Seligman.

 

        x                   We will proceed with the open public            

10

 

 11   hearing now.  First I need to read this statement.

 

 12             Both the Food and Drug Administration and

 

 13   the public believe in a transparent process for

 

 14   information gathering and decisionmaking.  To

 

 15   ensure such transparency at the open public hearing

 

 16   session of the Advisory Committee meeting, the FDA

 

 17   believes that it is important to understand the

 

 18   context of an individual's presentation.  For this

 

 19   reason, FDA encourages you, the open public hearing

 

 20   speaker, at the beginning of your written or oral

 

 21   statement to advise the committee of any financial

 

 22   relationship that you may have with the sponsor,

 

                                                               190

 

  1   its product, and if known, its direct competitors.

 

  2             For example, this financial information

 

  3   may include the sponsor's payment of your travel,

 

  4   lodging, or other expenses in connection with your

 

  5   attendance at the meeting.  Likewise, FDA

 

  6   encourages you at the beginning of your statement

 

  7   to advise the committee if you do not have any such

 

  8   financial relationships.  If you choose not to

 

  9   address this issue of financial relationships at

 

 10   the beginning of your statement, it will not

 

 11   preclude you from speaking.

 

 12             The first speaker is Dr. Sidney Wolfe.

 

 13             DR. WOLFE:  Right on time.  In August

 

 14   2000, almost four years ago, we petitioned the FDA

 

 15   to ban alosetron because, in our view, its serious,

 

 16   life-threatening adverse effects outweighed the

 

 17   marginally better-than-placebo effectiveness.  At

 

 18   the time of our petition, FDA was aware of 26 cases

 

 19   of ischemic colitis in people using the drug.  In

 

 20   the major randomized, placebo-controlled trials

 

 21   prior to approval, there had been three cases of

 

 22   ischemic colitis in 832 patients, or 1 per

 

                                                               191

 

  1   277--again, with good ascertainment, in contrast to

 

  2   what we are having here--but none in 700 placebo

 

  3   patients.  According to an FDA memo, in one large

 

  4   trial with adequate ascertainment--this is a

 

  5   different trial--adequate ascertainment of ischemic

 

  6   colitis, 10 out of 1,819 women being treated with

 

  7   alosetron for diarrhea-predominant irritable bowel

 

  8   syndrome developed ischemic colitis over the

 

  9   24-week duration of the trial.  There were no cases

 

 10   in the 899 patients in the trial treated with

 

 11   traditional therapy.  By the time marketing was

 

 12   stopped in November 2000, there were 85 cases of

 

 13   ischemic colitis reported to the FDA among the

 

 14   estimated 275,000 patients who has used the drug.

 

 15             Even though this is called the Drug Safety

 

 16   Committee, you know as well or better than I that

 

 17   this all has to be viewed in the context of drug

 

 18   benefit and, therefore, review of the evidence for

 

 19   benefit for at least one of the major trials for

 

 20   this drug is appropriate.

 

 21             In an analysis we published in the Lancet

 

 22   of data from one of the clinical trials, which had

 

                                                               192

 

  1   been misleadingly portrayed in a previous article

 

  2   in the Lancet by percent change as opposed to

 

  3   absolute scores, the figure of our look at the

 

  4   actual data can be seen on the second page of the

 

  5   testimony.  And what you can see is there is barely

 

  6   a perceptible--it's statistically significant, but

 

  7   no one can possibly believe that this is clinically

 

  8   meaningful, the difference at 1, 2, 3, months

 

  9   between those given 2 milligrams of alosetron,

 

 10   twice the dose being used now, for starters, and

 

 11   those being given the placebo.

 

 12             This excellent, hard-to-exceed placebo

 

 13   response rate--and that's certainly the challenge

 

 14   of treating this illness, is that the placebo

 

 15   response rate is extraordinarily high.  This is

 

 16   consistent with findings from a published review of

 

 17   27 randomized, placebo-controlled studies testing

 

 18   various treatments for irritable bowel syndrome in

 

 19   which the median placebo response rate was 47

 

 20   percent, percentage improved, with rates as high as

 

 21   84 percent, and 11 studies had placebo response

 

 22   rates of 60 percent or higher.  Unlike alosetron,

 

                                                               193

 

  1   placebos do not cause ischemic colitis.

 

  2             Because IBS is a poorly defined disease,

 

  3   which, although capable of causing significant

 

  4   distress in some individuals, is neither progressive nor

 

  5   life-threatening, the occurrence of

 

  6   serious adverse reactions such as ischemic colitis

 

  7   and bowel obstruction without ischemic colitis,

 

  8   sometimes requiring surgery, tips the benefit-risk

 

  9   equation against the use of this drug.

 

 10             The experience during the first one-plus

 

 11   years of this risk management program has hardly,

 

 12   as Glaxo claims in its statement, "been

 

 13   successful."  Among the problems, somewhat

 

 14   predictable because of the lack of the kinds of

 

 15   controls that could realistically be taken only

 

 16   under an IND, were the following:

 

 17             Twenty percent of the patients getting the

 

 18   drug not have all of the three criteria specified

 

 19   for getting the drug, which include frequent/severe

 

 20   abdominal pain, and frequent bowel urgency or fecal

 

 21   continence; and disability/restriction of daily

 

 22   activities.  They may have one or two, but these

 

                                                               194

 

  1   were the criteria, and 20 percent did meet these

 

  2   criteria.

 

  3             Secondly, only 42 percent of patients with

 

  4   a Lotronex prescription has pre-enrolled in the

 

  5   survey program and only 36 percent completed the

 

  6   baseline questionnaire.

 

  7             From the prescribing doctor's perspective,

 

  8   again, because this is not required, it happens, 20

 

  9   percent of prescribing doctors were not enrolled in

 

 10   the prescribing program for Lotronex.  That may or

 

 11   may not have something to do with the fact that so

 

 12   many of these average reactions were not reported

 

 13   by physicians.

 

 14             These are all elements that certainly were

 

 15   thought of if it not specifically suggested by FDA

 

 16   staff and ourselves at the meeting a couple of

 

 17   years ago, and you can't do these things unless the

 

 18   drug is there under an IND.  Marketing isn't

 

 19   compatible with those kinds of restrictions.

 

 20             The most alarming finding during this

 

 21   period was the reporting of eight cases of ischemic

 

 22   colitis and, according to the manufacturer, eight

 

                                                               195

 

  1   additional cases of "complications of

 

  2   constipation."  I say according to the manufacturer

 

  3   because they list eight, and the FDA talks about

 

  4   five.  The latter included a case of partial

 

  5   intestinal obstruction, one in which there was

 

  6   exploratory surgery for small intestinal

 

  7   obstruction, and a patient with diarrhea and

 

  8   intestinal obstruction.

 

  9             Assuming the accuracy of the estimate of

 

 10   9,365 patients getting alosetron during the risk

 

 11   management program, the rate of ischemic

 

 12   colitis--again, this is a low estimate--spontaneous

 

 13   reports was 8 per 10,000 or 8 per 9,365, or about

 

 14   0.8 per thousand, and it's actually higher than

 

 15   the, again, spontaneous rate of reports during the

 

 16   earlier mktg phase, which was 85 per 27,000.

 

 17             There are, of course, differences in the

 

 18   conditions for reporting that might explain some of

 

 19   this discrepancy, but I don't believe begin to

 

 20   explain all of it.  Enrolled physicians agreed to

 

 21   report all serious adverse events as a condition of

 

 22   participation, but obviously 20 percent didn't

 

                                                               196

 

  1   participate, and even those who did, so it appears,

 

  2   four of the eight cases of ischemic colitis were

 

  3   reported by patients, not physicians.  Similarly,

 

  4   none of the eight cases of serious complications of

 

  5   constipation were reported by the prescribing

 

  6   physician.  One was reported by a nurse.  Either

 

  7   the patients did not tell the physicians who

 

  8   prescribed the drug that they had gotten ischemic

 

  9   colitis or physicians violated their agreement to

 

 10   report such cases.

 

 11             The fact that 11 of 16 cases of ischemic

 

 12   colitis or complications of constipation were

 

 13   reported by patients as part of the Lotronex

 

 14   patient follow-up survey program may compensate for

 

 15   some, but we don't believe all or even most of the

 

 16   serious reporting deficiencies by participating

 

 17   physicians.  There is little question that just as

 

 18   the 85 cases of ischemic colitis reported during

 

 19   2000 were but a fraction of the actual cases, so,

 

 20   too, are these recent RMP, risk management program,

 

 21   ischemic colitis cases.

 

 22             For effective, life-saving drugs, such as

 

                                                               197

 

  1   some cancer therapies or the anti-psychotic drug

 

  2   clozapine, risk management is a critical part of

 

  3   their use, and we strongly support, as the FDA

 

  4   knows, risk management in those kinds of

 

  5   circumstances.  But alosetron joins an increasing

 

  6   number of other drugs, none with unique, clinically

 

  7   significant benefits, that have been the subject of

 

  8   ultimately failed FDA-approved risk management

 

  9   programs--the diabetes drug Rezulin, the painkiller

 

 10   Duract, the GI drug cisapride, the blood pressure

 

 11   drug Posicor--and were taken off the market.

 

 12             When I testified before this committee in

 

 13   2002, I stated, "The reintroduction of Lotronex

 

 14   into the market, even with the restrictions

 

 15   proposed by Glaxo, would be a serious public health

 

 16   mistake, likely, if not certain, to result in the

 

 17   need to ban the drug again."  It is time to end

 

 18   this failed effort to resuscitate markets and to

 

 19   take alosetron off the market.  As we suggested in

 

 20   2002, there is no reason why, under a carefully

 

 21   controlled IND, the drug could not be made

 

 22   available to, I would estimate, the several

 

                                                               198

 

  1   thousand, at most, people who might still choose to

 

  2   use it.  This has previously been done for the

 

  3   diabetes drug phenformin and the GI drug cisapride

 

  4   after they were taken off the market.

 

  5             I'd just like to emphasize that of the

 

  6   reported 9,000-10,000 people using the drug, in the

 

  7   FDA's Executive Summary it says only 10 to 20

 

  8   percent of these people were refilling it.  So we

 

  9   may, in fact, be talking about a group of people

 

 10   that is one, two, three thousand people, not the

 

 11   100,000 that the company claimed would be using the

 

 12   drug and which they used to help fend off an IND

 

 13   approach back a couple years ago.

 

 14             Given the marginal evidence of

 

 15   effectiveness and the continuing serious risks of

 

 16   the drug, Glaxo's suggestion to relax the

 

 17   restrictions on availability of alosetron to

 

 18   increase its use is nothing but ghoulish.  A quote

 

 19   from the end of their statement:  "The primary

 

 20   concern at present relates to the low rate of

 

 21   product prescribing given our understanding of the

 

 22   target population...This may reflect unintended

 

                                                               199

 

  1   barriers to prescription..." and they elucidate

 

  2   some of the unintended barriers, which is the time

 

  3   the physician has to spend explaining to the

 

  4   patient the benefits and risks of the drug and so

 

  5   forth.  I find that this attitude, certainly it's

 

  6   consistent with trying to sell more drug, but it's

 

  7   inconsistent with the public health.  And just in

 

  8   closing, I would just repeat it's time for this to

 

  9   be taken off the market.  It gives risk management

 

 10   a bad name to keep doing things like this.

 

 11             I'd be glad to try and answer any

 

 12   questions.  That's just about ten minutes.

 

 13             DR. GROSS:  If there are no questions,

 

 14   thank you very much, Dr. Wolfe.

 

 15             The next speaker, Dr. Lawrence Wilderlite.

 

 16             DR. WILDERLITE:  Good afternoon.  My name

 

 17   is Lawrence Wilderlite.  I am a practicing gastro-

 

 18   enterologist in Chevy Chase, Maryland.  We're part

 

 19   of a private practice group of 13 gastroenterologists with

 

 20   three offices in the

 

 21   metropolitan area, downtown Washington, in Chevy

 

 22   Chase, and on Executive Boulevard here in

 

                                                               200

 

  1   Rockville.

 

  2             In the past, I was a speaker for

 

  3   GlaxoSmithKline upon the introduction of Lotronex

 

  4   in 2000 and presently am a consultant for

 

  5   GlaxoSmithKline.

 

  6             I have been asked to talk today about the

 

  7   prescribing habits of this drug and the inability

 

  8   of patients to actually have access to the drug

 

  9   because of the restrictions that have been placed

 

 10   on this.

 

 11             I have had extensive experience with the

 

 12   use of alosetron when it was first introduced, and

 

 13   our group has used it, given the patient clientele

 

 14   we have, many times.  And we have had a favorable

 

 15   response with the drug and felt the drug to be

 

 16   quite helpful in our patient population.

 

 17             Inasmuch as there has been no new

 

 18   medication or no recent introduction of any drug of

 

 19   this type over the last 20 years for the treatment

 

 20   of irritable bowel syndrome, we felt that this was

 

 21   going to be a very important agent and something

 

 22   that we would be able to use to help patients that

 

                                                               201

 

  1   suffer from irritable bowel, in which we have no

 

  2   effective treatment today.  Initially upon the

 

  3   introduction of this drug, it was embraced by the

 

  4   GI community and was embraced by gastroenterologists that I

 

  5   can talk to in the Washington

 

  6   area.

 

  7             When Lotronex was recalled in 2000, it

 

  8   left a void, and that void is still vacant today.

 

  9   I feel our patients have no alternative to treat an

 

 10   illness that at times can be very devastating.

 

 11   Although not life-threatening, it is basically

 

 12   destructive to patients' lives and destructive to

 

 13   their ability to function in an environment in

 

 14   which they live.

 

 15             The present registration system for this

 

 16   drug is extremely tedious.  It takes a lot of time

 

 17   to register a patient for this.  The patient needs

 

 18   to fill out papers.  The GI doctor has to fill out

 

 19   the papers.  The patient has to be advised about

 

 20   the side effects of the drug.  The doctor has to

 

 21   register to be an appropriate agent to distribute

 

 22   the drug.

 

                                                               202

 

  1             At the end of all this, we in our office

 

  2   do refer patients to a website where they can get

 

  3   more information about Lotronex, where they can

 

  4   understand what the complications and the possible

 

  5   side effects of the drug are before they enter into

 

  6   the program or begin taking the medication.  We

 

  7   find--and I am not a member of that prescribing

 

  8   group.  There are only two people in our group of

 

  9   13 that elected to be registered for distribution

 

 10   of the drug, and of those two people, it came

 

 11   because they were quite friendly with one of the

 

 12   Glaxo representatives who asked them if they would

 

 13   register for this.

 

 14             We find that patients become stigmatized

 

 15   after they read the side effects of the drug.  As

 

 16   appropriate to Dr. Wolfe's comment, that many

 

 17   patients will not fill the prescription when

 

 18   they're given it.  Many patients will not take the

 

 19   medication appropriately.  Many patients will stop

 

 20   taking the medication.  Patients will forget to

 

 21   take it or take it on an alternate-day basis rather

 

 22   than appropriately because they're afraid of having

 

                                                               203

 

  1   some side effect and feel less is better than more.

 

  2   And eventually some of them will not come back or

 

  3   will not fill the prescription or, like many

 

  4   irritable bowel patients, these patients fail to

 

  5   come back again or don't show up in an office and

 

  6   go home and continue to suffer the symptoms they

 

  7   have.

 

  8             Physicians, because they won't register

 

  9   for this program, go back to treat these patients

 

 10   with conventional methods, of which we have no

 

 11   conventional methods.  Increasing fiber,

 

 12   anti-diarrheal type of agents that have been on the

 

 13   market and have been shown to be of little help to

 

 14   patients who suffer from this disease.

 

 15             The physicians fear--and when talking to

 

 16   other doctors--that because of all the publicity

 

 17   given to the side effects of the drug, should a

 

 18   patient encounter a side effect or an adverse

 

 19   reaction to this medication, the physician is now

 

 20   liable for some litigation or malpractice suit,

 

 21   and, therefore, they're not pushing to use the

 

 22   drugs.  They're not rushing in to join this type of

 

                                                               204

 

  1   prescribing program.

 

  2             The amount of time that this prescribing

 

  3   program takes is enormous.  It takes a lot of time.

 

  4   There are many physician phone calls.  There's a

 

  5   lot of interaction with the patient.  Unfortunately, in

 

  6   today's environment where there is

 

  7   little compensation for the amount of time paid

 

  8   because of the insurance environment that we have,

 

  9   this type of interaction is difficult, and

 

 10   physicians shy away from spending the amount of

 

 11   time that is necessary to educate the patients for

 

 12   this.

 

 13             The process is extremely cumbersome, and I

 

 14   find that in a group of physicians that we're

 

 15   friendly with in the Washington area, very few will

 

 16   enter into this registration process.  What I do is

 

 17   refer patients to other people in our group.  It

 

 18   changes the physician-doctor relationship, or I

 

 19   refer them to other doctors that I can find who are

 

 20   outside of our group to take care of these

 

 21   patients, or we continue to use the remedies that

 

 22   we have in place.

 

                                                               205

 

  1             I feel that whether it be alosetron or

 

  2   not, the GI community desperately needs a

 

  3   medication to treat diarrhea-dependent irritable

 

  4   bowel syndrome; that the mechanism that is in place

 

  5   today needs to be streamlined to allow access to a

 

  6   medication that I feel can help irritable bowel

 

  7   sufferers.

 

  8             The use of this drug is extremely limited

 

  9   and extremely confined to approximately--given Dr.

 

 10   Drossman's (ph) classification, less than 5 percent

 

 11   of people are available to receive this drug.  I

 

 12   feel personally that this is too confining and that

 

 13   the drug or the use of this drug should be opened

 

 14   up.  As different from the previous speaker, I

 

 15   think the drug is helpful and the drug needs to be

 

 16   freed up a little bit more in a more streamlined

 

 17   process to allow access to patients.

 

 18             I thank you and I am open to any comments

 

 19   that you have.

 

        T4A                 DR. GROSS:  There being none, thank you            

20

 

 21   very much, Dr Wilderlite.

 

 22             We will proceed now with the sponsor

 

                                                               206

 

  1   presentation.  Dr. Craig Metz, the Vice President

 

  2   for U.S. Regulatory Affairs at GlaxoSmithKline,

 

  3   will present their risk management program for

 

  4   Lotronex.

 

  5             MS. JAIN:  Dr. Metz, before you do your

 

  6   presentation, we just wanted to introduce another

 

  7   committee member that joined us in the interim.

 

  8   Dr. Maria Sjogren joined our group.  She is a

 

  9   representative for the GI community and also is a

 

 10   member of the GI Advisory Committee.  Thanks for

 

 11   participating.

 

        x                   DR. METZ:  Good afternoon.  My name is            

12

 

 13   Craig Metz, and I am going to be providing the

 

 14   sponsor's update on our experience with the

 

 15   implementation of the risk management program for

 

 16   Lotronex today.

 

 17             Joining us today are a number of external

 

 18   consultants who are involved with various aspects

 

 19   of the risk management plan for Lotronex and would

 

 20   be happy to answer any questions that you might

 

 21   have regarding their specific areas of responsibility for

 

 22   the RMP or any general questions that

 

                                                               207

 

  1   you might have for them.  I'm going to take just a

 

  2   quick moment to introduce our consultants.

 

  3             We have Dr. Robert Sandler with us from

 

  4   the University of North Carolina.  Dr. Sandler is

 

  5   involved with our Risk Management Plan Advisory

 

  6   Board.

 

  7             We have Dr. Lin Chang from the University

 

  8   of California at Los Angeles, who has been involved

 

  9   with our educational program as well as a general

 

 10   consultant to us for some time on Lotronex.

 

 11             We have Dr. Andrews from Research Triangle

 

 12   Institute.  She's involved with our epidemiology

 

 13   program, specifically the patient follow-up survey

 

 14   for Lotronex, and she serves as the data

 

 15   coordinating center for the follow-up claims-based

 

 16   research.

 

 17             We have Dr. Jerry Gurwitz with us from

 

 18   Meyers Primary Care Institute, University of

 

 19   Massachusetts.  Dr. Gurwitz is also involved with

 

 20   the epidemiology program.

 

 21             And, finally, we have Dr. James Lewis here

 

 22   from Georgetown University who chairs our Safety

 

                                                               208

 

  1   and Review Committee.

 

  2             Three underlying themes will form the

 

  3   basis of my presentation today.  Those themes are

 

  4   the successful implementation of the risk

 

  5   management plan for Lotronex from the standpoint of

 

  6   the appropriateness of the prescribers, the

 

  7   patients, and the behaviors that have been produced

 

  8   through this program; the impact of the RMP itself

 

  9   on the safety profile and on the prescriber and

 

 10   patient, as well as on individual components of the

 

 11   risk management program itself; and the cycle of

 

 12   continual RMP evaluation and revision that is a

 

 13   normal part of the stewardship involved with

 

 14   conducting a risk management program.

 

 15             During the course of my presentation, I'm

 

 16   going to share information with the committee that

 

 17   we didn't have when we last met to consider a risk

 

 18   management program for Lotronex, and that

 

 19   specifically is data on the impact of the

 

 20   interventions that we've attempted to put into

 

 21   place here.  It's our hope that this data will

 

 22   guide our discussions with the agency and the

 

                                                               209

 

  1   proposed modifications that we might make to this

 

  2   RMP as we move forward.  But as importantly, the

 

  3   RMP for Lotronex has been a very rich learning

 

  4   laboratory for us with regard to general issues

 

  5   regarding conducting a risk management program and

 

  6   the impact of these different interventions in

 

  7   real-term use.  So we hope that this information

 

  8   will tend to serve to inform discussions regarding

 

  9   the applications of these interventions elsewhere.

 

 10             In my presentation, I'm going to provide a

 

 11   very brief background summary.  I'm going to

 

 12   identify the goals of the RMP and describe the key

 

 13   elements of the RMP with results to date where

 

 14   appropriate.  I will finish with some conclusions

 

 15   regarding the implementation of the RMP and a

 

 16   discussion of what we've identified as emerging

 

 17   issues.

 

 18             Many of you will be familiar with the

 

 19   chronology of key regulatory events.  Dr. Seligman

 

 20   has already covered some of these.  Again, the

 

 21   product was voluntarily withdrawn in November of

 

 22   2000.  The agency and GlaxoSmithKline were

 

                                                               210

 

  1   inundated with calls from patients demanding that

 

  2   the drug be made available to them again.

 

  3             Subsequently, we submitted an sNDA in

 

  4   December of 2001 and met with some members of this

 

  5   committee and the GI Drugs Committee in April of

 

  6   2002 to discuss the information included in that

 

  7   sNDA as well as the general framework that was

 

  8   being proposed for the RMP for Lotronex.  In June

 

  9   2002, that supplemental NDA was approved and the

 

 10   product was actually reintroduced in November of

 

 11   2002 with a revised indication statement and a risk

 

 12   management program in place.

 

 13             What we were striving to achieve when we

 

 14   developed the risk management program for Lotronex

 

 15   was a framework that would mitigate the risks

 

 16   associated with complications of constipation and

 

 17   ischemic colitis, but would do so in a way that

 

 18   would not create extraordinary barriers to patient

 

 19   access.  And I think as we consider the information

 

 20   being presented today, success should be measured

 

 21   against this intent.

 

 22             We intended to achieve this through a

 

                                                               211

 

  1   focus on the following four goals:  making Lotronex

 

  2   available to those patients for whom the

 

  3   benefit-risk is most favorable; prescribing

 

  4   Lotronex to appropriate patients by qualified

 

  5   physicians; educating physicians, pharmacists, and

 

  6   patients about the risks and benefits of Lotronex

 

  7   and how to manage those risks; and providing a

 

  8   framework for ongoing RMP evaluation.

 

  9             A key element of making Lotronex available

 

 10   to a patient population for whom the benefit would

 

 11   clearly outweigh the risk was revising the

 

 12   indications statement to establish women with

 

 13   severe diarrhea-predominant IBS as the target

 

 14   population for treatment.  On that basis, Lotronex

 

 15   is currently available for women with severe

 

 16   diarrhea-predominant IBS who have chronicity of

 

 17   symptomatology, generally lasting six months or

 

 18   longer; have had anatomic of biochemical

 

 19   abnormalities of the GI tract excluded; and have

 

 20   failed to respond to conventional therapy.

 

 21             Additionally, diarrhea-predominant IBS is

 

 22   defined as severe if it includes diarrhea and just

 

                                                               212

 

  1   one or more of the following:  frequent and severe

 

  2   abdominal pain or discomfort, frequent bowel

 

  3   urgency or fecal incontinence, disability or

 

  4   restriction of daily activities due to IBS.  And,

 

  5   again, I would stress that only one of these

 

  6   criteria are required for the patient to qualify

 

  7   for treatment--not two, and certainly not all

 

  8   three.  Only one.  Later in my talk, I'm going to

 

  9   come back to this description of a 5-percent

 

 10   estimate for the severe diarrhea-predominant IBS

 

 11   population.

 

 12             And, finally, the indications statement

 

 13   states that in men, the safety and effectiveness of

 

 14   Lotronex has not been established.

 

 15             So the four key components of the RMP that

 

 16   we've developed for Lotronex are:  enrollment of

 

 17   qualified physicians in a physician prescribing

 

 18   program; a program to educate physicians,

 

 19   pharmacists, and patients about IBS and about the

 

 20   benefits and risks of Lotronex; a reporting and

 

 21   collection system for serious adverse events

 

 22   associated with the use of Lotronex; and, finally,

 

                                                               213

 

  1   a plan to evaluate the effectiveness of the RMP for

 

  2   Lotronex.  In the rest of my presentation, I'm

 

  3   going to go through each of these components in

 

  4   order.

 

  5             To begin with, we have the prescribing

 

  6   program for Lotronex, and this was developed to

 

  7   address the goal of prescribing Lotronex to

 

  8   appropriate patients by qualified physicians.  This

 

  9   is a picture of the key steps card that helps the

 

 10   prescribers navigate their way through the

 

 11   prescribing program for Lotronex.  It's going to be

 

 12   difficult for me to use the pointer here in a very

 

 13   effective way, but you have the slide in front of

 

 14   you, and I'm going to walk you briefly through some

 

 15   of the steps.

 

 16             So the physician, in the upper-left-hand

 

 17   portion of this chart, decides to enroll in the

 

 18   prescribing program for Lotronex.  They receive a

 

 19   prescribing kit that I'm going to describe to you

 

 20   in a minute.  The physician identifies an

 

 21   appropriate patient for treatment, goes through a

 

 22   counseling activity with that patient, gets the

 

                                                               214

 

  1   patient to sign the patient-physician agreement

 

  2   with the physician.  That agreement is then placed

 

  3   into the patient's chart, and a copy of that is

 

  4   given to the patient.  The physician at that point

 

  5   affixes a Lotronex sticker to an original

 

  6   prescription, and at that point the physician also

 

  7   encourages the patient to enroll in the patient

 

  8   follow-up survey for Lotronex.

 

  9             At that point the patient has a

 

 10   prescription with a blue sticker on it that they

 

 11   take to the pharmacist so that the pharmacist can

 

 12   fill that prescription.  And, again, even the

 

 13   pharmacist has the opportunity to encourage the

 

 14   patient to enroll in that patient follow-up survey.

 

 15             As you can see, this is a fairly complex,

 

 16   multi-step process.  The act of physician

 

 17   enrollment actually involves the physician signing

 

 18   an attestation form that attests to his ability to

 

 19   diagnose and treat IBS, to diagnose and manage

 

 20   ischemic colitis, to diagnose and manage

 

 21   constipation and complications of constipation, as

 

 22   well as acceptance of responsibilities that include

 

                                                               215

 

  1   education, completing the patient-physician

 

  2   agreement that I've just described, reporting

 

  3   serious adverse events, and affixing stickers to

 

  4   prescriptions.  In a while I'll share feedback that

 

  5   we've received from physicians relative to the

 

  6   impact of this process on their practice.

 

  7             The prescribing kit for Lotronex that the

 

  8   enrolled prescriber gets contains the key steps

 

  9   card that we've just discussed, prescribing

 

 10   information, medication guides, patient-physician

 

 11   agreement forms, the prescribing program stickers,

 

 12   and the patient follow-up survey pre-enrollment

 

 13   cards.

 

 14             These are some of the steps that I've

 

 15   already described on the key steps card, but,

 

 16   again, there are a couple of things I'd like you to

 

 17   note.  First of all, this is what's in the retail

 

 18   pack that the patient receives.  It's a box that

 

 19   contains 30 tablets, a package insert, a medication

 

 20   guide, and the patient survey card.  I have to

 

 21   remind you that no refills are allowed currently

 

 22   for Lotronex.  All prescriptions have to be

 

                                                               216

 

  1   original, and all prescriptions have to have an

 

  2   affixed sticker.  There is no faxing, no electronic

 

  3   transmission of prescriptions for Lotronex.  Those

 

  4   are not allowed.

 

  5             In the event that a physician uses up the

 

  6   supplies in their initial kit, they can call the

 

  7   coordinating center for the PPL, and that

 

  8   coordinating center will check their name against

 

  9   the list of enrolled prescribers, and if they're on

 

 10   that list, they'll be sent a refill kit.

 

 11             In the next portion of my presentation,

 

 12   I'm going to address the educational program that

 

 13   was developed to support the introduction of

 

 14   Lotronex.

 

 15             The educational program for physicians is

 

 16   anchored by these two modules:  Lotronex Tablets:

 

 17   Understanding the Risks and Benefits, and Current

 

 18   Thinking about IBS:  An Educational Review on

 

 19   Irritable Bowel Syndrome.

 

 20             In addition to that, 345,000 "Dear Doctor"

 

 21   letters were mailed at the time of product

 

 22   reintroduction, and we've put a reminder program in

 

                                                               217

 

  1   place that I'll discuss with you in a moment that

 

  2   provides additional access to key educational

 

  3   messages for physicians.

 

  4             For the patient, education consists of the

 

  5   medication guide, which, again, they can get from

 

  6   two sources.  They can get that from the physician,

 

  7   and it's also included in product packaging.

 

  8             Physician counseling and the requirement

 

  9   to sign the patient-physician agreement further

 

 10   reinforces the key product messages contained in

 

 11   the medication guide.

 

 12             On the pharmacist level, at the time of

 

 13   product reintroduction 113,000 "Dear Pharmacist"

 

 14   letters were mailed.  Through an initiative that's

 

 15   well outside the scope of normal product launch

 

 16   activities, we also had 25,000 outbound telephone

 

 17   calls to pharmacists.  Those calls resulted in over

 

 18   12,000 requests for additional information on

 

 19   Lotronex.  We were impressed with this, and we

 

 20   think that this clearly indicates the potential

 

 21   power of these types of outreach activities focused

 

 22   at the pharmacist level.

 

                                                               218

 

  1             In addition, we sent an informational

 

  2   piece on Lotronex to the National Board of State

 

  3   Pharmacists to be cascaded into the newsletters of

 

  4   its individual member states.  And, finally, as

 

  5   with the physician, reminder letters to pharmacists

 

  6   also provide important information regarding

 

  7   Lotronex.

 

  8             There are a large number of additional

 

  9   educational activities that GSK has implemented to

 

 10   provide further support for the appropriate use of

 

 11   Lotronex.  These include a telephone conference

 

 12   series with physicians, speaker programs,

 

 13   informational booths at professional society

 

 14   symposia.  There's a website, and we have call

 

 15   centers that can answer questions and provide

 

 16   information on the PPL itself.  It can provide

 

 17   medical information, and they provide the sources

 

 18   of information to the practitioner and health care

 

 19   community.

 

 20             And, finally, we're also providing

 

 21   independent grants for IBS education that's

 

 22   delivered at professional society symposia and

 

                                                               219

 

  1   through other communication media.  Again, while

 

  2   components of this educational program are

 

  3   obviously targeted towards a prescriber audience,

 

  4   the materials are available to the general health

 

  5   care practitioner community as well.

 

  6             The next element of the RMP that I'd like

 

  7   to discuss is the reporting and collection of

 

  8   serious adverse events and adverse events of

 

  9   special interest associated with the use of

 

 10   Lotronex.  This essentially comprises a safety

 

 11   overview.

 

 12             Again, it's important to remember that

 

 13   there are some differences in the conditions under

 

 14   which AEs are reported currently versus the

 

 15   conditions that existed when the product was

 

 16   initially marketed.  We currently have a different

 

 17   target population for Lotronex:  females with

 

 18   severe diarrhea-predominant IBS, with the

 

 19   qualifiers that I've already discussed.  Through

 

 20   our educational program, we believe that we have

 

 21   better-informed patients and physicians.  We have

 

 22   an agreement from physicians to report serious

 

                                                               220

 

  1   adverse events, and we have the patient survey,

 

  2   which is proving to be a non-traditional source of

 

  3   AE information, and the way we're handling that

 

  4   information will be discussed in just a moment.

 

  5             So what are our sources for adverse

 

  6   events?  They consist of the typical spontaneous

 

  7   reports and reports arising from a clinical trials

 

  8   program, but they also include the patient

 

  9   follow-up survey program.

 

 10             The focus of our adverse event reporting

 

 11   is on these diagnoses and outcomes of special

 

 12   interest that were highlight as an area of concern

 

 13   during the initial marketing period, and those

 

 14   include ischemic colitis, mesenteric ischemia,

 

 15   occlusion or infarction, serious constipation,

 

 16   complications of constipation, as well as outcomes

 

 17   of special interest like intestinal or anorectal

 

 18   surgery and death.

 

 19             Adverse events are reported in a typical

 

 20   fashion stipulated by the regulations.  We have

 

 21   expedited reporting for serious, unexpected,

 

 22   spontaneous reports, and we also have expedited

 

                                                               221

 

  1   reports for serious, unexpected, and attributable

 

  2   survey and clinical trial reports.  But, in

 

  3   addition, we have a special agreement to expedite

 

  4   reports for all adverse events of special interest,

 

  5   regardless of their seriousness or expectedness.

 

  6             The patient survey that we've been

 

  7   discussing a little bit is intended to measure

 

  8   patient knowledge, behavior, and certain RMP

 

  9   process elements.  But through the process of

 

 10   either completing these forms in writing or over

 

 11   the phone, patients occasionally report adverse

 

 12   events.  As part of the continual process of RMP

 

 13   evaluation and revision, we have developed a system

 

 14   for processing this adverse event information

 

 15   arising from the survey.  To maintain patient

 

 16   confidentiality within the survey, Research

 

 17   Triangle Institute de-identifies the information on

 

 18   the adverse event report and forwards it to GSK.

 

 19   The GSK pharmacovigilance staff assess these

 

 20   reports for seriousness as well as special interest

 

 21   diagnoses.

 

 22             For those cases assessed as serious or

 

                                                               222

 

  1   possibly including diagnoses of special interest,

 

  2   RTI requests patient consent for GSK follow-up with

 

  3   the prescriber.  When that consent is granted,

 

  4   GSK's Pharmacovigilance Department follows up with

 

  5   the patient's prescriber in a fashion similar to

 

  6   that that would be used during a spontaneous

 

  7   reporting context.  And, again, adverse events

 

  8   arising from the survey are reported to the FDA as

 

  9   the data warrant.

 

 10             So what is our experience to date?  From

 

 11   November 20, 2002, until February 6, 2004, we have

 

 12   approximately 10,000 patients treated with

 

 13   Lotronex, or about 34,000 prescriptions.  This has

 

 14   generated 127 post-marketing AEs, which include all

 

 15   spontaneous reports plus all patient survey reports

 

 16   that are deemed to be serious or reports of special

 

 17   interest as I just described on the previous slide.

 

 18             Of the 127 post-marketing reports that

 

 19   we've received, 37 have been considered serious.

 

 20   Seventy-five percent of these 37 reports were GI in

 

 21   origin.  What we're going to focus on are the 19

 

 22   patients or cases that had diagnoses and outcomes

 

                                                               223

 

  1   of special interest.

 

  2             Of the eight reported ischemic colitis

 

  3   cases, six were medically confirmed.  Those same

 

  4   six patients had colonoscopic or biopsy findings

 

  5   consistent with ischemic colitis.  Three of the

 

  6   eight cases resulted in hospitalization.  All of

 

  7   the cases of ischemic colitis resolved without

 

  8   sequelae.  We have no reports of mesenteric

 

  9   ischemia.  We have no reports of serious

 

 10   constipation.  We do, however, have eight reports

 

 11   of complications of constipation.  Three of those

 

 12   eight reports have been medically confirmed.  Three

 

 13   involved fecal impaction.  Three were associated

 

 14   with intestinal obstruction; there was one ileus,

 

 15   one ulcerated colon.  Three of these eight patients

 

 16   were hospitalized, and three patients were managed

 

 17   in the ER only.

 

 18             Four outcomes of special interest have

 

 19   been reported.  There is one report of surgery

 

 20   which could not be confirmed by the patient's

 

 21   physician.  This same patient also had a diagnosis

 

 22   of special interest involving a complication of

 

                                                               224

 

  1   constipation.  No deaths attributable to Lotronex

 

  2   have been reported.  Of the three deaths that have

 

  3   occurred in patients taking Lotronex, two of those

 

  4   deaths came through the survey process and were

 

  5   reported by family members.  One of those was in a

 

  6   patient with cancer, multiple myeloma.  The other

 

  7   was in an AIDS patient.  The other report that we

 

  8   have is a physician report of a suspected pulmonary

 

  9   embolism in an obese patient with a very complex

 

 10   medical history.

 

 11             So, in summary, with regard to the safety

 

 12   of Lotronex, we have not seen any new safety

 

 13   issues.  Recognizing that we have a very low rate

 

 14   of prescribing, we feel that the ischemic colitis

 

 15   and complications of constipation cases that we've

 

 16   seen are similar to those seen during the original

 

 17   marketing period, and we believe that the outcomes

 

 18   associated with those cases are generally less

 

 19   severe.  We're also pleased by our review of the

 

 20   individual cases that suggest that prompt and

 

 21   appropriate action is being taken by the patient

 

 22   and the physician.  What we're hoping to achieve

 

                                                               225

 

  1   here is to change patient and physician behavior.

 

  2   We believe, in fact, that is what's going on.

 

  3             But the final component of the risk

 

  4   management plan involves the implementation of a

 

  5   plan to evaluate the effectiveness of the Lotronex

 

  6   risk management program.  This plan consists of

 

  7   three components:  a retrospective study to compare

 

  8   the roster of physicians identified in a general

 

  9   prescription database as prescribers of Lotronex

 

 10   with a roster of physicians enrolled in the PPL,

 

 11   the prescribing program for Lotronex; the patient

 

 12   follow-up survey program that we've mentioned; as

 

 13   well as a longitudinal, claims-based observational

 

 14   study program.

 

 15             First, the physician roster comparison.

 

 16   This is a study to compare physicians prescribing

 

 17   Lotronex within and outside of the prescribing

 

 18   program for Lotronex.  The way that's accomplished

 

 19   is when the M.D. sends the enrollment form to the

 

 20   database vendor, the vendor sends that enrollment

 

 21   data to GSK.  In parallel with that, GSK purchases

 

 22   a prescription data set from MDC Health.  Those two

 

                                                               226

 

  1   data sets are compared against each other, and

 

  2   through that process we determine who is

 

  3   prescribing within and outside of the program, and

 

  4   that information is reported to the FDA on a

 

  5   quarterly basis.

 

  6             So what have we learned?  These are the

 

  7   data that we have generated to date.  As you can

 

  8   see, the number of prescribing program for Lotronex

 

  9   enrolled prescribers has generally remained at or

 

 10   above 80 percent since the program was initiated.

 

 11   We're actually quite pleased with this aspect of

 

 12   the RMP.  This is the pattern of prescribing by

 

 13   physician specialty for the quarter beginning

 

 14   October 2003, which is representative of our

 

 15   overall experience.  Prescribing, as you can see,

 

 16   is being driven primarily by the

 

 17   gastroenterologists.  I think what is even more

 

 18   important is, of the prescriptions that have

 

 19   actually been written, 87 percent of those

 

 20   prescriptions had been written within the

 

 21   prescribing program for Lotronex, and we believe

 

 22   that that's a very good result.

 

                                                               227

 

  1             In the initial marketing period, 50,000

 

  2   physicians were prescribing Lotronex.  Currently,

 

  3   only 5,053 have even enrolled to prescribe Lotronex

 

  4   through the prescribing program for Lotronex.  What

 

  5   is particularly disconcerting is the fact that

 

  6   approximately half of the few prescribers who have

 

  7   enrolled have not written a single prescription.

 

  8   This may be a reflection of some of the RMP

 

  9   barriers that I'm going to discuss in a few

 

 10   moments.

 

 11             And, again, part of the evaluation and

 

 12   revision of an RMP program, we've developed a

 

 13   follow-up system for non-prescribing-program

 

 14   prescribers.  When these prescribers are first

 

 15   identified, an enrollment kit is forwarded to the

 

 16   prescriber.  In addition, we forward a reminder

 

 17   letter to the prescriber's local pharmacy.  If

 

 18   there is a second occurrence of prescribing by a

 

 19   particular non-enrolled prescriber, we forward them

 

 20   a reminder letter.  If they transgress a third

 

 21   time, we forward a firmer reminder letter to them.

 

 22             Now, the response to this process to date

 

                                                               228

 

  1   is hard to determine, but overall what we're seeing

 

  2   is 75 percent of these non-enrolled prescribers

 

  3   comply in some way; 25 percent of them actually

 

  4   enroll and 50 percent of them stop prescribing

 

  5   Lotronex.  And, again, this is a very dynamic

 

  6   situation.  It can wax and wane over quarters, but,

 

  7   in general, this has been the response to this

 

  8   follow-up process.

 

  9             Let's talk about the patient follow-up

 

 10   survey program, which is the next element of the

 

 11   RMP that we'd like to discuss.

 

 12             The objectives of this program are to

 

 13   assess patient knowledge of the risks and benefit

 

 14   of Lotronex to assess patient behavior in relation

 

 15   to the recommendations in the risk management

 

 16   program and assess the extent to which the patient

 

 17   satisfies the product labeling requirements for

 

 18   treatment with Lotronex.

 

 19             This is a flow diagram of how this survey

 

 20   process works.  We receive the pre-enrollment card,

 

 21   and upon receipt of that, an enrollment package is

 

 22   forwarded to the patient, and that starts the

 

                                                               229

 

  1   survey cascade, as you'll see on the left-hand

 

  2   side.  If we don't receive survey forms back from

 

  3   the patient in prescribed time frames, there's

 

  4   actually a contact from RTI to the patient to

 

  5   encourage them to complete and return those forms

 

  6   to us.

 

  7             So, to date, we have a 42-percent

 

  8   pre-enrollment rate for all patients who have

 

  9   received a prescription for Lotronex; 55 percent of

 

 10   those were issued by the prescribing physician.

 

 11   And, again, we didn't expect that.  That's a little

 

 12   bit atypical.  It's much higher than we expected.

 

 13             Most of the patients that we see in the

 

 14   survey are middle-aged patients that are typical of

 

 15   the population that you would expect to be

 

 16   receiving drug and having diarrhea-predominant IBS.

 

 17   Eighteen percent of the patients are over the age

 

 18   of 65 years, and 7 percent of the patients are

 

 19   indeed male.  Thirty-six percent of the patients

 

 20   that receive a prescription have actually completed

 

 21   the baseline survey form and entered the survey

 

 22   proper.

 

                                                               230

 

  1             So, again, I think you can see from this

 

  2   table that what we've enrolled in this patient

 

  3   follow-up survey program is a very motivated cohort

 

  4   of patients.  Recognizing the grace period for

 

  5   receipt of follow-up questionnaires from patients

 

  6   for whom that follow-up period has expired and

 

  7   questionnaire responses were due, I think you can

 

  8   see that almost all of those responses have been

 

  9   received across time.  So, again, it seems like a

 

 10   very motivated cohort of patients, and they're

 

 11   doing their homework and sending it in.

 

 12             What have we learned about these patients?

 

 13   Well, this table indicates that there's a very high

 

 14   rate of compliance with the key elements of the RMP

 

 15   process and also demonstrates that the discussions

 

 16   and activities that we wanted to have occur are

 

 17   indeed occurring.  I think you can see 97 percent

 

 18   of the patients discuss with the doctor how

 

 19   Lotronex can help them; 95 percent discuss the

 

 20   reasons with the doctor why you would discontinue

 

 21   Lotronex; 91 percent have received the medication

 

 22   guide; 87 percent recall that a blue sticker was,

 

                                                               231

 

  1   in fact, put on their prescription.  So, again,

 

  2   from a compliance perspective, we're pleased at

 

  3   what we see coming through the patient follow-up

 

  4   survey.

 

  5             Importantly, as far as patient

 

  6   appropriateness for treatment is concerned, this

 

  7   table shows that this survey cohort comprises an

 

  8   appropriate patient population for treatment with

 

  9   Lotronex.  Ninety percent of these patients met the

 

 10   treatment and severity criteria.  And, again, if

 

 11   you look at the individual criteria for treatment,

 

 12   95 percent have diarrhea; 98 percent had IBS for

 

 13   more than six months, the chronicity that we were

 

 14   looking for; 96 percent had previous treatments for

 

 15   IBS; and 97 percent have said they had inadequate

 

 16   relief of symptoms.  And, again, we believe that

 

 17   these are clear indicators of patient

 

 18   appropriateness.

 

 19             If you look at the severity conditions

 

 20   that are required--and, again, I'll remind you that

 

 21   only one of these is required to qualify the

 

 22   patient for treatment, not all three.  You have

 

                                                               232

 

  1   cramps or bloating present in 87 percent, ranging

 

  2   up to a somewhat or very hard life in almost all of

 

  3   these survey patients.  And if you look at the

 

  4   presence of all three severity conditions within an

 

  5   individual patient, you see that 80 percent of

 

  6   these patients have what you would describe as

 

  7   very, very severe DIBS.  They have all of the

 

  8   severity conditions.  And, again, I'll remind you

 

  9   that only one was required to qualify a patient for

 

 10   treatment.  So I think this is a potential RMP

 

 11   impact issue that we're going to come back to at

 

 12   the end of the discussion.

 

 13             The final component of the RMP evaluation

 

 14   is a program of longitudinal claims-based

 

 15   observational studies.  The objectives of this

 

 16   program are to describe or characterize patients

 

 17   receiving Lotronex, to describe or characterize

 

 18   compliance with the prescribing program for

 

 19   Lotronex, and to evaluate the incidence of events

 

 20   in patients treated with Lotronex versus an

 

 21   appropriate comparison group.

 

 22             These are three database sources that

 

                                                               233

 

  1   comprise the longitudinal studies.  In the

 

  2   aggregate we have approximately 8.5 million covered

 

  3   lives in this program.  Again, recognizing that

 

  4   there's a lag period of about six months from the

 

  5   prescription to potential data extraction, 121

 

  6   users of Lotronex have been identified through

 

  7   September of last year, the majority of which have

 

  8   come from the Engenics(ph) database.  These 121

 

  9   users received 277 dispensings of Lotronex and

 

 10   seemed to fit a pattern consistent with data that's

 

 11   been collected from other portions of the RMP; 89

 

 12   percent of the patients are female; 69 of the first

 

 13   dispensings are coming from gastroenterologists.

 

 14   Importantly, this is an RMP process check:  70

 

 15   percent of the patients' records did contain a

 

 16   signed patient-physician agreement.  And,

 

 17   obviously, it probably goes without saying that

 

 18   program viability is being impacted by low product

 

 19   uptake.

 

 20             At this point, I'd like to take a moment

 

 21   to give you our overall evaluation of the

 

 22   implementation of the risk management program for

 

                                                               234

 

  1   Lotronex.

 

  2             We certainly believe that we have

 

  3   successfully implemented all of the elements of

 

  4   this complex, integrated risk management program.

 

  5   We are pleased by the number of physicians

 

  6   prescribing within the PPL context, but we're even

 

  7   more reassured by the fact that the overall number

 

  8   of prescriptions coming out of the PPL is so high

 

  9   at 87 percent.  Data from the patient follow-up

 

 10   survey program indicates that the key product use

 

 11   that we wanted to have delivered to the patient by

 

 12   the physician is, in fact, being delivered and that

 

 13   the patients being selected for treatment are

 

 14   appropriate.

 

 15             We believe that patient and physician

 

 16   behavior is consistent with the goals of the RMP.

 

 17   Recognizing once again that we have a very low

 

 18   prescribing rate, we still feel that qualitatively

 

 19   the adverse events and special interests that we

 

 20   have observed are few and the outcomes being

 

 21   observed are generally less severe.

 

 22             We have entered into this process of

 

                                                               235

 

  1   continual RMP evaluation and revision, and through

 

  2   that process we've devised a program for follow-up

 

  3   for non-prescribers.  We've revised the patient

 

  4   survey questionnaires to include new questions.

 

  5   And we've developed a reporting paradigm for

 

  6   adverse event information arising from the patient

 

  7   follow-up survey.

 

  8             While we certainly believe that the RMP

 

  9   has been successfully implemented, we also feel

 

 10   that there is still much work to be done to

 

 11   optimize product availability to appropriate

 

 12   patients.  For the remainder of the presentation,

 

 13   I'm going to focus on the key issues that have

 

 14   arisen regarding the impact of the risk management

 

 15   program on product use relative to Lotronex.  These

 

 16   issues are certainly instructive in a general sense

 

 17   when one considers the use of these risk management

 

 18   interventions for other products.

 

 19             So the issues that I'm going to focus on

 

 20   really are impact of the RMP on the practitioner

 

 21   and patient, which can be collectively viewed as

 

 22   potential product access issues, and the impact of

 

                                                               236

 

  1   the RMP on some of its individual components.

 

  2             These are sources of feedback and data

 

  3   that we've been collecting on the RMP.  We've done

 

  4   some fairly unique physician- and patient-focused

 

  5   field research.  We have information coming out of

 

  6   our clinical trials programs.  We have interactions

 

  7   between our sales force members and practitioners.

 

  8   We have information coming into our customer

 

  9   response center.  And we have interactions with our

 

 10   key opinion leaders.

 

 11             What are we learning?  At the prescriber

 

 12   level, we've received considerable feedback on this

 

 13   attestation process.  Physicians are unaccustomed

 

 14   to signing a document like this and feel that

 

 15   somehow there's been a unique transfer of liability

 

 16   from GSK to the prescriber.  One might wonder if

 

 17   that isn't being somehow reflected in the fact that

 

 18   treatment seems to be being reserved right now for

 

 19   patients that only have the most severe

 

 20   presentation of severe diarrhea-predominant IBS.

 

 21   In addition, physicians feel that having to sign an

 

 22   attestation form is an affront to their

 

                                                               237

 

  1   professional training and somehow constitutes an

 

  2   unnecessary duplication of the licensure process.

 

  3   So one of the questions that we're dealing with

 

  4   right now is:  Is there a less intrusive way to

 

  5   ensure prescribing by appropriate physicians with a

 

  6   focus more on education rather than attestation?

 

  7             As you've already heard this afternoon,

 

  8   we've learned that fulfilling the RMP requirements

 

  9   is time-consuming and falls well outside of the

 

 10   normal clinical practice patterns.  There's also

 

 11   some uncertainty regarding the origin and purpose

 

 12   of the RMP.  Some people believe it's an IND study.

 

 13   People genuinely misunderstand the current

 

 14   marketing context for Lotronex.  To us, this

 

 15   represents a communication or education challenge

 

 16   that needs to be addressed for Lotronex.  But,

 

 17   again, it needs to be proactively considered in the

 

 18   implementation of other RMPs.  We need to address

 

 19   that confusion before it occurs.

 

 20             As previously mentioned, physicians have

 

 21   also expressed some confusion about the importance

 

 22   or utility of certain labeling statements like the

 

                                                               238

 

  1   statement that the severe diarrhea-predominant IBS

 

  2   population comprises about 5 percent of the total

 

  3   IBS population.  They really don't know how to use

 

  4   that information when considering whether or not

 

  5   the patient that they're looking at should be

 

  6   treated with Lotronex.  So it's information that

 

  7   confuses rather than enlightens.

 

  8             From the patient perspective, we've

 

  9   learned that the language in the product labeling

 

 10   tends to frighten the patients rather than inform

 

 11   them.  We are getting this message clearly from our

 

 12   field research, but even more importantly, this is

 

 13   a clear message coming out of our clinical trials

 

 14   program, and that's a context where we believe that

 

 15   patients typically feel safer receiving medication

 

 16   because of the oversight that they get.

 

 17             In our current clinical trial program, 28

 

 18   percent of the patients who were screened for study

 

 19   inclusion who the physicians believe would

 

 20   otherwise be appropriate for Lotronex therapy

 

 21   refused to participate because, after reading study

 

 22   information that's similar to product labeling,

 

                                                               239

 

  1   they stated that they were afraid to take Lotronex.

 

  2   And, again, this is a phenomenon that we don't have

 

  3   any precedent for within our GSK clinical research

 

  4   programs.

 

  5             And, finally, there is this requirement to

 

  6   sign a special document, this patient-physician

 

  7   agreement, that is somewhat disconcerting to some

 

  8   potential patients.  Again, it's something unusual,

 

  9   they don't typically have to do it, and it gives

 

 10   them pause.

 

 11             As far as the claims-based observational

 

 12   studies are concerned, again, it's obvious that the

 

 13   low physician-patient uptake has had a serious

 

 14   effect on this program.  Currently we have 10,000

 

 15   patients and have extracted data from 121.  At the

 

 16   current rate of prescribing, where we need 2,000

 

 17   patients to support meaningful analyses, we would

 

 18   need 155,000 patients treated with the drug, and

 

 19   that could take 15 years at the current rate.  So,

 

 20   again, this is a problem that we're going to have

 

 21   to address as we move forward.

 

 22             Again, you know, we certainly believe that

 

                                                               240

 

  1   we've successfully implemented the RMP for Lotronex

 

  2   and are effectively managing risk.  However, we

 

  3   have identified a number of RMP-related issues that

 

  4   may be posing a barrier to access by appropriate

 

  5   patients.  And our ultimate goal is to modify the

 

  6   RMP to improve product access for appropriate

 

  7   physicians and patients while continuing to

 

  8   effectively manage the risk.

 

  9             Ten thousand patients have received

 

 10   Lotronex since the product was reintroduced.

 

 11   Current estimates from the literature suggest that

 

 12   the severe DIBS population ranges in size from

 

 13   111,000 to perhaps as high as 2.9 million.  It is

 

 14   not 10,000.  We will continue to work with the FDA

 

 15   to close this apparent gap between patients who

 

 16   need Lotronex and those who are receiving it.

 

 17             And with that, in the interest of time and

 

 18   out of respect for the mental health of the

 

 19   Advisory Committee, I will stop talking and yield

 

 20   to the podium to Dr. Justice.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Thank you very much, Dr. Metz.

 

 22             The next speaker is Dr. Robert Justice,

 

                                                               241

 

  1   Director, Division of Gastrointestinal and

 

  2   Coagulation Drug Products, who will give the FDA

 

  3   update on Lotronex.

 

        x                   DR. JUSTICE:  Good afternoon.  I would             

4

 

  5   like to take a few minutes to discuss our view of

 

  6   the Lotronex update that you've been provided.

 

  7             I will cover six topics:  background on

 

  8   the adverse event and marketing situation around

 

  9   the time of withdrawal and on discussions about how

 

 10   to provide access; risk management goals and how

 

 11   they are being met; patient access issues;

 

 12   physician enrollment process issues; labeling and

 

 13   the tension between informing and frightening; and,

 

 14   finally, our conclusions.

 

 15             This slide is taken from a presentation at

 

 16   the April 2002 Joint Advisory Committee meeting and

 

 17   presents data on the number of cases of ischemic

 

 18   colitis, small bowel ischemia, and serious

 

 19   complications associated with--complications of

 

 20   constipation associated with Lotronex during the

 

 21   period of initial marketing in 2000.

 

 22             For ischemic colitis, there were 18 cases

 

                                                               242

 

  1   in the clinical trials, 84 cases in post-marketing,

 

  2   for a total of 102 cases, with 11 surgeries and two

 

  3   deaths.  For serious complications of constipation,

 

  4   there were 11 cases in the clinical trials, 113

 

  5   post-marketing, for a total of 124 cases, with 35

 

  6   surgeries and two deaths.

 

  7             In 2000, there were approximately 534,000

 

  8   prescriptions and 275,000 patients.  Off-label uses

 

  9   included diarrhea, inflammatory bowel disease,

 

 10   custodial care, managing nursing home patients, and

 

 11   constipation-phenomenon irritable bowel syndrome.

 

 12             The prescribers at that time were

 

 13   predominantly primary care physicians:  32 percent

 

 14   were general practitioners or family practitioners,

 

 15   24 percent were internists, and 31 percent were

 

 16   gastroenterologists.

 

 17             Given the adverse events of ischemic

 

 18   colitis, small bowel ischemia, and serious

 

 19   complications of constipation, four options were

 

 20   considered:  restricted distribution to

 

 21   gastroenterologists only; IND access; suspension of

 

 22   marketing until a hearing before an advisory

 

                                                               243

 

  1   committee; and withdrawal.

 

  2             As you've heard GlaxoSmithKline chose to

 

  3   withdraw the drug from the market in November of

 

  4   2000.  In 2001, access became an issue, and

 

  5   approximately 5,000 e-mails from patients were

 

  6   received by the FDA.

 

  7             In 2002, GlaxoSmithKline and the FDA

 

  8   agreed upon a restricted distribution and risk

 

  9   management program, and Lotronex was reintroduced

 

 10   into the market.

 

 11             The Lotronex risk management program

 

 12   includes four goals.  The first is enrollment of

 

 13   qualified physicians in a physician prescribing

 

 14   program.  A decision was made to allow enrollment

 

 15   of physicians possessing certain qualifications for

 

 16   diagnosing and managing IBS and drug adverse events

 

 17   as opposed to certifying physicians by developing a

 

 18   whole new program of education and certification.

 

 19   Physician attestation of qualifications is allowed,

 

 20   and this is not a precedent for FDA or for

 

 21   physician maintenance of privileges or licensure.

 

 22   Participating physicians must attest that they are

 

                                                               244

 

  1   knowledgeable of the benefits and risks of Lotronex

 

  2   and about the management of IBS and drug adverse

 

  3   events.  The attestation and the patient-physician

 

  4   agreement include features of informed consent so

 

  5   that patients and physicians are fully able to

 

  6   decide about the appropriateness of Lotronex

 

  7   treatment.

 

  8             The second goal is the implementation of a

 

  9   program to educate physicians, pharmacists, and

 

 10   patients about the risks and benefits of Lotronex.

 

 11             The third goal is the implementation of a

 

 12   reporting and collection system for serious adverse

 

 13   events.

 

 14             The fourth goal is the implementation of a

 

 15   plan to evaluate the effectiveness of the Lotronex

 

 16   risk management program.  We believe that these

 

 17   goals are being achieved.

 

 18             Regarding the issue of patient access,

 

 19   GlaxoSmithKline estimates that there are 185,000

 

 20   women with severe IBS in the U.S.; however, as

 

 21   you've heard, only about 10,000 have tried the

 

 22   drug.  Whether additional women will seek treatment

 

                                                               245

 

  1   is unclear.  Some will decide not to start Lotronex

 

  2   after discussion of the risks and benefits.  Others

 

  3   who start the drug may not continue.  In the

 

  4   clinical trials that excluded severe diarrhea

 

  5   patients, those on Lotronex had a 13- to 16-percent

 

  6   increase over placebo in the median percentage of

 

  7   days with urgency control.  In the subset of

 

  8   patients with urgency at baseline on five or more

 

  9   days per week, there were 13 to 21 percent more

 

 10   patients on Lotronex compared to placebo, with

 

 11   urgency no more than one day in the last week of

 

 12   the trial.

 

 13             The goal of GlaxoSmithKline and FDA is to

 

 14   ensure access to patients whose

 

 15   diarrhea-predominant IBS is so severe that they

 

 16   will reap the benefits of the drug over its risks

 

 17   and be under the care of qualified physicians.  We

 

 18   are working together to try to identify unintended

 

 19   barriers to patient access.

 

 20             Regarding the physician enrollment

 

 21   process, physician responsibilities in the

 

 22   prescribing program must be clear, and the program

 

                                                               246

 

  1   still needs to ensure that only qualified

 

  2   physicians are enrolled.  These doctors must attest

 

  3   to their abilities and knowledge and take on

 

  4   responsibilities such as patient counseling,

 

  5   reporting of adverse events, and applying Lotronex

 

  6   blue stickers on prescriptions so pharmacists will

 

  7   know that they're enrolled in GSK's prescribing

 

  8   plan.

 

  9             Not all physicians may wish to accept

 

 10   these responsibilities or are able to manage the

 

 11   disease and drug adverse events.  However,

 

 12   GlaxoSmithKline and FDA are looking at ways to

 

 13   improve the physician enrollment process and are

 

 14   evaluating other possible means of attestation to

 

 15   ensure qualifications.  For example, phone-in

 

 16   attestations may be an option as well as the

 

 17   current fax-in forms.

 

 18             As was mentioned, there is a perception of

 

 19   liability transfer to the physician.  Perhaps the

 

 20   fact that liability is not being transferred can be

 

 21   made clearer.

 

 22             Regarding the issue of labeling, there's a

 

                                                               247

 

  1   tension between describing risks that may be

 

  2   frightening and providing adequate information to

 

  3   allow patients and physicians to make informed

 

  4   decisions.  FDA will consider labeling changes that

 

  5   enhance clarity and education.  However, any

 

  6   changes in the labeling such as the indications

 

  7   must be supported by clinical trials data on

 

  8   effectiveness and safety.  In addition, the

 

  9   labeling must include accurate information on the

 

 10   magnitude and severity of adverse events.

 

 11             In conclusion, we recognize that there is

 

 12   a tension between managing risk, providing access

 

 13   to the drug, ensuring appropriate use, and business

 

 14   considerations.  How drugs are used is influenced

 

 15   by many parties in the health care system.  We

 

 16   think there may be room for improvements in the

 

 17   risk communication and processes and are working

 

 18   with GlaxoSmithKline on them.  Overall, at the

 

 19   present time the risk management program appears to

 

 20   be managing risk and assuring appropriate use.

 

 21             At this point I would like to open it up

 

 22   to committee questions of GlaxoSmithKline, FDA, and

 

                                                               248

 

  1   for further discussion.  Thank you.

 

        x                   DR. GROSS:  Thank you, Dr. Justice.               2

 

  3             Are there any questions from the committee

 

  4   members for any of the speakers?  Jackie?

 

  5             DR. GARDNER:  Two points of clarification,

 

  6   if Dr. Metz could help me.  The first is whether

 

  7   there is any restriction on the quantity of drug

 

  8   that can be prescribed.  I appreciate that your

 

  9   packages come in 30s, but a prescription for 90 is

 

 10   allowable, for example.  Is the quantity

 

 11   restricted?

 

 12             DR. METZ:  Right now, what we're requiring

 

 13   is a prescription--what we're providing to the

 

 14   patient is a package of 30.  It is possible that a

 

 15   physician could prescribe multiples of that.  But I

 

 16   don't think we have any direct data on whether that

 

 17   is, in fact, happening and on what scale it's

 

 18   happening.

 

 19             DR. GARDNER:  But it's not prescribed by

 

 20   the program.

 

 21             DR. METZ:  No.

 

 22             DR. GARDNER:  And the second question I

 

                                                               249

 

  1   have relates also to access but to the

 

  2   post-marketing surveillance.  Regarding your

 

  3   population-based surveillance, do you know whether

 

  4   this drug is on the formularies of those HMOs?

 

  5             DR. METZ:  You're going to have to speak

 

  6   to a microphone, Bob.

 

  7             DR. SANDLER:  Right now our estimate is

 

  8   that 87 percent of prescriptions are reimbursed in

 

  9   some fashion when covered through managed care.  So

 

 10   it may not necessarily be on a formulary, but it

 

 11   will be covered.

 

 12             DR. GROSS:  Stephanie?

 

 13             DR. GARDNER:  Dr. Metz, I'm sorry.  That

 

 14   doesn't answer our question, because if it's not on

 

 15   those formularies, you're not going to find scrips,

 

 16   and there's no point in doing the post-marketing

 

 17   surveillance

 

 18             DR. METZ:  Dr. Gurwitz?

 

 19             DR. GURWITZ:  My name is Jerry Gurwitz.  I

 

 20   represent the HMO research network CERT, the Center

 

 21   for Education and Research on Therapeutics, that is

 

 22   conducting one of the studies, and nine health

 

                                                               250

 

  1   plans are involved in our study, our component of

 

  2   the epidemiology program.  In all of the health

 

  3   plans involved in our study, the drug is available.

 

  4   The access to prescribing the drug varies according

 

  5   to the plan.  Many of the plans require prior

 

  6   approval for a prescription.  But none of the plans

 

  7   forbid prescribing, and all of the plans, if

 

  8   approval is given, will allow it to be prescribed.

 

  9             DR. GROSS:  Okay.  Stephanie?

 

 10             DR. CRAWFORD:  Thank you.

 

 11             Dr. Metz, in slide 46 on patient

 

 12   appropriateness--this is the one where you have the

 

 13   categories for men and women and overall met

 

 14   treatment and severity criteria for women, 90

 

 15   percent, men, 84.  I have actually two questions.

 

 16             My first one is:  Why is the men not zero

 

 17   based on the label indications?

 

 18             DR. METZ:  Well, there's a difference

 

 19   here.  It's not indicated for use in men, but men

 

 20   that are using it can still meet the criteria for

 

 21   treatment.  So there's a difference here.  You

 

 22   know, the question is:  If we had a box in there

 

                                                               251

 

  1   that said women for whom it was--or patients for

 

  2   whom it was indicated, then you'd have a number for

 

  3   females, but for men you would have zero because

 

  4   it's not indicated for use in men.  But now the

 

  5   real question is:  Of the men that receive

 

  6   Lotronex, did they have the disease that would have

 

  7   qualified them for treatment for Lotronex?  And the

 

  8   answer to that is 84 percent of them did have the

 

  9   disease.  Is that--

 

 10             DR. CRAWFORD:  I understood how it was

 

 11   meant.  I guess I'm asking are you--the second

 

 12   question, which is not so quick, is:  You were

 

 13   rather general in some of the things you were

 

 14   alluding to, saying perhaps things from the

 

 15   sponsor's perspective could be handled through

 

 16   education, et cetera.  Can you be more specific?

 

 17   And as part of that, are you also saying that

 

 18   perhaps the indications should include men or not?

 

 19             DR. METZ:  No, again, right now we're not

 

 20   considering any change in the indications statement

 

 21   because, as Dr. Justice has suggested, those types

 

 22   of changes are going to require data from

 

                                                               252

 

  1   additional clinical research.

 

  2             I think what we're looking at and, again,

 

  3   what we're working with the FDA on is looking at

 

  4   the product information, the product labeling, and

 

  5   trying to provide a little more balance, trying to

 

  6   present the information in such a way that it's not

 

  7   naturally intimidating or frightening to the

 

  8   patients.  So, you know, we're looking at making

 

  9   modifications that provide balance and clarity, and

 

 10   I think that's the approach that we're trying to

 

 11   take as far as the risk management program is

 

 12   concerned.

 

 13             And as far as the attestation process, as

 

 14   Dr. Justice mentioned, we're taking a look at that

 

 15   and seeing where the points of tension are between

 

 16   the physician attestation process and see if

 

 17   there's another way to address it to take some of

 

 18   the venom out of that, if you will, and make it

 

 19   more acceptable to the practitioner.

 

 20             Again, that's an area that we just have to

 

 21   focus on because the feedback that we've gotten

 

 22   from the field indicates that that's an issue for

 

                                                               253

 

  1   some of the practitioners.

 

  2             DR. GROSS:  You mentioned that 80 percent

 

  3   of the prescribers were in PPL.

 

  4             DR. METZ:  Right.

 

  5             DR. GROSS:  How did the other 20 percent

 

  6   write for the drug?  And why was it honored?

 

  7             DR. METZ:  Okay.  Well, they can write a

 

  8   prescription for the drug.  There is no mechanism

 

  9   that we have to keep them from doing that.  But it

 

 10   would be akin to a physician writing an off-label

 

 11   prescription for a product, which they have the

 

 12   right to do.

 

 13             Now, at the pharmacy level, obviously,

 

 14   there is a little bit of tension created because

 

 15   for the pharmacists that are aware of the program,

 

 16   they're faced with filling a prescription that

 

 17   doesn't have a sticker on it and what they're going

 

 18   to do about that.

 

 19             So, again, we've addressed that with some

 

 20   of our follow-up information.  We have that

 

 21   follow-up letter that goes to the pharmacist when

 

 22   we've identified non-enrolled prescribers, just

 

                                                               254

 

  1   reminding them that this is the program that's in

 

  2   place for Lotronex and, you know, encouraging them

 

  3   to hopefully contact the prescriber and say, you

 

  4   know:  Are you enrolled?  I got a letter from GSK

 

  5   or from the prescribing program for Lotronex that

 

  6   says there ought to be a sticker on these

 

  7   prescriptions.

 

  8             But, again, we can't force that

 

  9   conversation to occur, and what we're finding is 13

 

 10   percent of the prescriptions that are written are

 

 11   coming outside of the program.

 

 12             But, again, you know, we have no benchmark

 

 13   against which to judge that, but 87 percent is

 

 14   pretty encouraging to us, frankly.  We're very

 

 15   relieved because we had no idea what would happen.

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  And from the patient's point

 

 17   of view, I guess it's not possible in the current

 

 18   program, but would it be possible once the patient

 

 19   and the physician work out their agreement to have

 

 20   the patient obtain prescription renewals, let's

 

 21   say, for the next two monthly ones, attain them

 

 22   without a visit and maybe just see the physician

 

                                                               255

 

  1   four times a year instead of monthly for

 

  2   prescription renewal?

 

  3             DR. METZ:  That's an excellent point, and

 

  4   oddly enough, we're in some discussion around how

 

  5   to address that issue.  Because, again, I think

 

  6   with these risk management programs, you start out

 

  7   in one place, and after you've had some experience

 

  8   with the product being marketed under those types

 

  9   of programs, you use the data to decide where to go

 

 10   next.  And I think we feel that maybe the time is

 

 11   right to take a look at this refill procedure and,

 

 12   as you've suggested, make sure that the important

 

 13   conversations occur first early on.  But then after

 

 14   that, once the patient is in a "stable situation,"

 

 15   perhaps you could provide for refills and, again,

 

 16   reduce the need for those recurrent visits.  I

 

 17   think that's a very good point.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Henri?

 

 19             DR. MANASSE:  Dr. Metz, I have two

 

 20   questions.  One relates to the intense time that it

 

 21   takes both physicians and pharmacists to

 

 22   participate in this program and do the required

 

                                                               256

 

  1   safety net activities.  What kind of dialogue has

 

  2   gone on within GSK to deal with the time, cost,

 

  3   financing component of the management of the

 

  4   program?  Question number one.

 

  5             Question number two:  Have you explored

 

  6   all of the different places and mechanisms by which

 

  7   prescriptions get filled by patients and the fact

 

  8   that all of these different ways probably require

 

  9   different ways of managing the program?  I refer

 

 10   specifically to where the patient has a choice in

 

 11   terms of going to pharmacies, both in hospitals and

 

 12   in communities, versus forced mail-order, for

 

 13   example, in some health plans--my point being,

 

 14   again, and my question relating then to how have

 

 15   you thought about these issues, and are there ways

 

 16   that these can be tinkered with, if you will, to

 

 17   enhance the participation of providers?

 

 18             DR. METZ:  Let me try to answer the first

 

 19   question first, as best I can remember it, and that

 

 20   was with regard, if I understand it, to the

 

 21   internal burden with GSK of running this very

 

 22   complex program--

 

                                                               257

 

  1             DR. MANASSE:  It's placed on the providers

 

  2   and the time and energy that it takes and the

 

  3   problems of remuneration we heard from one of the

 

  4   speakers today.

 

  5             DR. METZ:  Well, you know, again, if I

 

  6   understand the question, we are looking into that

 

  7   issue, and we're trying to decide which of these

 

  8   points should be addressed--you know, what points

 

  9   could be addressed to relieve as much of that

 

 10   burden or tension as possible, while maintaining

 

 11   the integrity of the RMP framework itself.  And,

 

 12   you know, it's a balancing act, and we're into

 

 13   those discussions with the agency, and we're going

 

 14   to look for ways to make this less onerous without

 

 15   undermining the integrity of the system that we

 

 16   believe has worked fairly well up to this point.

 

 17             DR. GROSS:  Brian--

 

 18             DR. METZ:  Now, there was a second

 

 19   question, and that second question was really have

 

 20   we looked into the other mechanisms or avenues for

 

 21   patients filling prescriptions and whether, in

 

 22   fact, there are any barriers there that we didn't

 

                                                               258

 

  1   envision that we should perhaps address moving

 

  2   forward.  And, honestly, we have not looked into

 

  3   that right now.  We'd be interested in hearing some

 

  4   views on that because I think that's a very

 

  5   important point.  And, again, we've been, you know,

 

  6   dealing with this, but I think as we move forward

 

  7   and if we consider some other ways to address the

 

  8   refill phenomenon, that's got to come into play.

 

  9             So, again, we'd be interested in hearing

 

 10   some advice about that.

 

 11             DR. STROM:  I have two questions.  One is:

 

 12   When we met about this two years ago, one of the

 

 13   ideas of the attestation and the debate about

 

 14   attestation and certification and

 

 15   gastroenterologists, primary care doc, was the goal

 

 16   to have this drug prescribed by a subset of

 

 17   physicians who really knew how to use the drug.

 

 18   And given the numbers you just described about

 

 19   10,000 patients and 5,000 docs, or even 2,500 docs

 

 20   prescribing it, that's an average of four patients

 

 21   per physician, which isn't very impressive.

 

 22             What proportion of patients are getting

 

                                                               259

 

  1   their prescriptions from physicians who are

 

  2   prescribing it to more than one patient?

 

  3             DR. METZ:  I think we have a slide on

 

  4   that.  Yes, we've got a bar graph with the numbers

 

  5   of prescriptions.  Just a second.  We'll see if we

 

  6   can find that.

 

  7             But you're right, again, if

 

  8   you--recognizing that no refills are allowed, some

 

  9   of those numbers that you see are original

 

 10   prescriptions for the same patients, so you're

 

 11   absolutely right, the number of patients per

 

 12   physicians who do choose to treat is pretty low.

 

 13             DR. STROM:  But, if anything, that argues

 

 14   there should be fewer certified physicians rather

 

 15   than more.

 

 16             DR. METZ:  Okay.  Here we go.  Here's the

 

 17   prescribing activity, and what we see here, this is

 

 18   total numbers of prescriptions.  And, again, it

 

 19   gets hard to put a denominator with that because we

 

 20   don't have any refills that are allowed.  But,

 

 21   anyway, I think what you can see is in the one to

 

 22   five range, very negligible.  There are a few, a

 

                                                               260

 

  1   few more actually, roughly twice as many dedicated

 

  2   prescribers, if you will, that are driving

 

  3   prescriptions beyond six to ten, out to greater

 

  4   than 15 prescriptions.  But it's a very small

 

  5   cohort.

 

  6             DR. STROM:  The second question:  As you

 

  7   were talking about, one of the key issues here is

 

  8   mitigate risk, and when dealt with this two years

 

  9   ago, one of the concerning questions, obviously

 

 10   through no fault of anybody, is that there was no

 

 11   way to predict--let me back up.  It appeared that a

 

 12   relatively small subset of patients actually

 

 13   benefited from it.  We saw two sets of data

 

 14   indicating only about 10 percent of patients

 

 15   continued the drug long term for a symptomatic

 

 16   drug, and it looks like that's what happening again

 

 17   now that the drug is on the market.  So there's

 

 18   only a small subset of people who get the drug who

 

 19   will benefit.  And there were no risk factors that

 

 20   were identified in the data then that could predict

 

 21   who was likely to benefit and who was not.

 

 22             In the same way, the risk of suffering a

 

                                                               261

 

  1   serious event is obviously much less than 10

 

  2   percent, but even in your new experience here with

 

  3   incomplete reporting, it's still one in 300

 

  4   patients suffering serious events.  And part of the

 

  5   problem is, at least as of two years ago, we

 

  6   couldn't predict who would benefit.  We also

 

  7   couldn't predict who would be hurt.  So that the

 

  8   only way to mitigate the risk was to restrict its

 

  9   access and to, in fact, limit it to as few people

 

 10   as possible, because 100 percent of the people who

 

 11   got the drug would be at risk of getting the

 

 12   adverse events, where only roughly 10 percent of

 

 13   the people who got the drug would benefit from the

 

 14   drug.

 

 15             In the interim, where you've got other

 

 16   clinical trials underway and additional experience,

 

 17   are there any more data you could share with us

 

 18   that would give information about predictors of

 

 19   either who is likely to be that 10 percent who

 

 20   benefit or who is likely to be in that one in 300

 

 21   who will suffer serious adverse events?

 

 22             DR. METZ:  No, we don't have any new

 

                                                               262

 

  1   information.  Our clinical trials program is

 

  2   ongoing, and, again, we just simply don't have that

 

  3   information available as we sit here today.  And,

 

  4   again, you're absolutely right, the ischemic

 

  5   colitis we believe is idiosyncratic; therefore, we

 

  6   can't predict.

 

  7             However, what we do think that we're

 

  8   seeing here is some improvements in the outcomes,

 

  9   and, again, our goal for this risk management

 

 10   program was not based on a target number but was

 

 11   based on changing behavior, prompt recognition and

 

 12   action on behalf of the patient and physician.  So

 

 13   that's where we are right now.

 

 14             DR. STROM:  But just as a follow-up

 

 15   comment, the logic of two years ago, which you're

 

 16   describing to me still holds, is if you can't

 

 17   predict who's going to benefit and you can't

 

 18   predict who's going to be hurt from it, the only

 

 19   answer is--we didn't want it unavailable because we

 

 20   thought there were people who clearly needed it,

 

 21   but the only alternative was to greatly limit its

 

 22   access as much as possible.

 

                                                               263

 

  1             DR. METZ:  Well, again, you know, we feel

 

  2   that with this specified target population, we've

 

  3   got a target population for whom we believe the

 

  4   benefits will outweigh the risk.  And we believe

 

  5   it's an appropriate target population for

 

  6   treatment, and we believe within this framework

 

  7   that we have developed here, risk can be

 

  8   effectively managed and people can have the

 

  9   opportunity to benefit from Lotronex.  And I think

 

 10   that's what we're trying to provide here is that

 

 11   opportunity.  So, you know, we'll finish our

 

 12   clinical trials program and hopefully be generating

 

 13   some data that we can share in the future.  But we

 

 14   are where we are.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Robyn has the next question.

 

 16             MS. SHAPIRO:  I think this may pick up

 

 17   some of that.  As I understand it, then, part of

 

 18   the qualification requirements for the doctor is so

 

 19   that he or she could properly manage in the event

 

 20   of something bad happening.  But it's not clear to

 

 21   me from your presentation about what you want to do

 

 22   about what you've already put in place to try to

 

                                                               264

 

  1   make that happen.  In other words, the perception

 

  2   of the liability transfer I think is ridiculous,

 

  3   and they will always be afraid about that and upset

 

  4   about that.  You're not going to answer that.

 

  5             Anytime when you want to require qualified

 

  6   people, that's an affront, I guess, to licensure

 

  7   and training.  But if you believe that that's

 

  8   important to be able to pick up--I don't think that

 

  9   any of these issues are significant enough or even

 

 10   credible to go back on the required training thing.

 

 11             DR. METZ:  Let me just address that

 

 12   question in two ways.  First of all, we're not

 

 13   talking about completely walking away from

 

 14   something.  What we're talking about is trying to

 

 15   modify what seemed to be perhaps the most offensive

 

 16   elements of it.  They don't like the signature

 

 17   process.  So, you know, as Dr. Justice has

 

 18   suggested, is there another process to ensure that

 

 19   they're qualified yet somehow or another doesn't

 

 20   serve as an affront to them and recognizes some of

 

 21   those sensitivities.  But, actually, I'd like to

 

 22   let Dr. Sandler address just some comments from his

 

                                                               265

 

  1   perspective on this process and some of these

 

  2   intangibles, if you will.

 

  3             DR. SANDLER:  I think that as a physician

 

  4   the program has incredible barriers and I think

 

  5   it's hard to convey.  And to sit down with a

 

  6   patient and ask them to sign this form I think is

 

  7   insulting for physicians and somewhat demeaning.

 

  8             I think to be able to give the patient an

 

  9   information sheet and to sit down with them and say

 

 10   if you get constipation, stop the drug and call me,

 

 11   if you get bad abdominal pain, stop the drug and

 

 12   call me, that permits me to educate that patient,

 

 13   just the way I do with every other patient.  This

 

 14   program becomes special, and by doing that we set

 

 15   up barriers.  And we're denying access to a drug

 

 16   that helps a lot of people.  Dr. Stronk (ph), whom

 

 17   I admire a lot, said that everybody has a risk but

 

 18   nobody has a benefit.  Well, going into it, the

 

 19   probability is everybody has a chance to benefit

 

 20   and everybody has a chance to risk.  We can't

 

 21   predict.

 

 22             MS. SHAPIRO:  But you're talking about

 

                                                               266

 

  1   what was going to be my second point.  My first

 

  2   point is:  Do we do away with the required

 

  3   qualifications attestation?  And that's different

 

  4   than the agreement and the time that it takes to do

 

  5   that.  But let me just talk about that, too, and

 

  6   then you can come in on both.

 

  7             One of the points in here is that it must

 

  8   scare patients away because after they go through

 

  9   this process, whether it's the signing of the form

 

 10   or hopefully, more importantly, the discussion,

 

 11   some of them don't want to take the drug.  Well,

 

 12   that's informed consent.

 

 13             DR. SANDLER:  That's fine.

 

 14             MS. SHAPIRO:  I mean, that is what the

 

 15   plan is.  When they hear things--

 

 16             DR. SANDLER:  What about the patients that

 

 17   are denied the chance to even get the drug because

 

 18   Dr. Wilderlite, he's a competent gastroenterologist, and

 

 19   he's afraid to use the drug.  He's afraid

 

 20   of litigation, he's afraid of--and the process is

 

 21   so time-consuming that we've set up barriers so he

 

 22   doesn't want to use the drug.

 

                                                               267

 

  1             MS. SHAPIRO:  The time-consuming thing

 

  2   just gnaws at me because while I'm very cognizant

 

  3   of the fact that, particularly today, doctors don't

 

  4   want to talk to patients because they don't get

 

  5   paid for it, they have to talk to patients, and

 

  6   particularly when they're dealing with a risky

 

  7   drug, they have to talk to patients.  And our

 

  8   reimbursement system should figure out a way to

 

  9   make it worthwhile.  But even before it does, they

 

 10   have to talk to patients.

 

 11             DR. SANDLER:  I couldn't agree more.  So

 

 12   let me answer your question about the attestation

 

 13   and then answer your question about talking to the

 

 14   patients.  There's probably a way to do this short

 

 15   of a doctor saying, "I attest that I know how to

 

 16   take care of IBS patients.  I know how to take care

 

 17   of ischemic colitis," signing a form.  I think

 

 18   there are ways that the agency and the sponsor

 

 19   could work to figure that out.

 

 20             MS. SHAPIRO:  Without assuring that they

 

 21   do?  Without kind of assuring that they really do

 

 22   know how to pick up on the signs and symptoms that

 

                                                               268

 

  1   would suggest that a patient's in trouble?

 

  2             DR. SANDLER:  Well, the system now doesn't

 

  3   assure it either.  They just sign the form and say

 

  4   they can do it.

 

  5             MS. SHAPIRO:  Okay.  Well--

 

  6             DR. SANDLER:  There's no way to guarantee

 

  7   it.  They're licensed--

 

  8             DR. GROSS:  I think we're going to have to

 

  9   go on to the next question.  Alex, do you have a

 

 10   question?

 

 11             DR. KRIST:  The question that I was

 

 12   wondering leads a little bit on what Brian was

 

 13   saying.  Back in 2002, there were discussions about

 

 14   whether the lower dose, which is now the starting

 

 15   dose, would have less risks of adverse events and

 

 16   whether the risk of adverse event would go down

 

 17   over time or whether most of the risk was when a

 

 18   patient initially started the medication.  And I

 

 19   heard you say earlier that we don't necessarily

 

 20   have information about who's going to be at risk.

 

 21   But part of my question that I'm wondering is I'm

 

 22   just interested in the systems in place for

 

                                                               269

 

  1   watching this to see if the lower dose will result

 

  2   in less adverse events and if the risk of adverse

 

  3   events will change over time that a patient is on

 

  4   the medicine.

 

  5             DR. METZ:  Well, you know, again, we have

 

  6   a survey that gives us information about the

 

  7   starting dose that patients are taking, and we're

 

  8   reassured by looking at that patient survey data

 

  9   that they are indeed starting with that initial

 

 10   dose that we wanted them to use.  But I think in a

 

 11   longitudinal way, I'm sure that we have the ability

 

 12   to monitor across time in the fashion that you've

 

 13   suggested.

 

 14             Elizabeth?

 

 15             And, again, that's some information

 

 16   hopefully that we'll get out of that ongoing

 

 17   clinical program that was part of our series of

 

 18   Phase IV commitments.  You know, that's the richest

 

 19   context for that type of information, but I'll let

 

 20   Elizabeth--

 

 21             DR. ANDREWS:  We do at every follow-up in

 

 22   the survey, we ask what their current dose is, and

 

                                                               270

 

  1   I don't have the exact percentage.  I can get it.

 

  2   But a substantial number of people are still on the

 

  3   lower dose.  I think your question was something

 

  4   else, which was what is the efficacy at the lower

 

  5   dose.

 

  6             DR. KRIST:  The risk across time.

 

  7             DR. METZ:  Risk of adverse event on the

 

  8   lower dose and the risk of adverse event over time.

 

  9   And, again, within the survey context, we don't

 

 10   have the ability to do that, but we have a very

 

 11   large clinical trials program underway, and those

 

 12   doses are included there, and that is going to be

 

 13   the richest source of that information.  But those

 

 14   studies are not completed yet.  They are enrolling.

 

 15             DR. GROSS:  Curt?

 

 16             DR. FURBERG:  We heard quite a bit about

 

 17   the good news, and I want to commend GSK and the

 

 18   agency.  We didn't hear much about the troubling

 

 19   news, at least two aspects of it.  One is the very

 

 20   low participation rate and the patient follow-up

 

 21   survey program, 36 percent responded.  I find that

 

 22   very, very troubling.  And the other one is the low

 

                                                               271

 

  1   physician reporting rate those serious adverse

 

  2   events.  Most of the serious events came from

 

  3   patients.

 

  4             So my question then is to you and your

 

  5   company:  What are you doing about it?  One thing

 

  6   is to take care of the issues and increase the use,

 

  7   but you also have to get better information, better

 

  8   data for us that we can assess the impact of the

 

  9   program.

 

 10             DR. METZ:  Well, as far as, you know, the

 

 11   general perspective on survey participation in this

 

 12   type of context, I think I'll let, again, Dr.

 

 13   Andrews address that.  But I would tend to disagree

 

 14   with you.  You know, given the experience with

 

 15   these types of instruments, we're not disheartened

 

 16   by 36 percent.

 

 17             Now, you know, are there other things that

 

 18   we should look at or could look at to change

 

 19   participation rates in future surveys and what are

 

 20   the dynamics around the patient's willingness to

 

 21   participate in these surveys?  I think these are

 

 22   interesting research questions that I think we need

 

                                                               272

 

  1   to look into as this field evolves.  But I'll let

 

  2   Dr. Andrews talk--

 

  3             DR. FURBERG:  I think you're saying you're

 

  4   going to overcome barriers for the other areas.

 

  5   This is an area that also has barriers, as you

 

  6   said, and you need to overcome them.  And 36

 

  7   percent is unacceptable, in my view.

 

  8             DR. METZ:  I'll let Dr. Andrews address

 

  9   that.

 

 10             DR. ANDREWS:  Well, 36 percent is--the

 

 11   issue is whether the patients are representative.

 

 12   Are there biases because of the low participation

 

 13   rate?  A 36-percent participation rate doesn't

 

 14   necessarily mean that it's biased, just as a

 

 15   90-percent participation rate might not mean that

 

 16   it is completely unbiased.

 

 17             What we have looked at in terms of

 

 18   representativeness is we've looked at the age and

 

 19   gender of the patients, geographic region of the

 

 20   prescriptions, and specialty of the physicians, and

 

 21   compared with sales, and we see the patterns are

 

 22   almost identical.  So that is--

 

                                                               273

 

  1             DR. FURBERG:  It doesn't carry the day at

 

  2   all.  I mean, those are fairly insignificant,

 

  3   nonspecific factors.  The reason why someone

 

  4   doesn't respond could be that they had a bad

 

  5   experience and just said, "I'm just out of it."

 

  6   And we never find out about it.  I think we have an

 

  7   obligation to get as complete information as we can

 

  8   from that part of the program.

 

  9             DR. METZ:  Again, that's a point well

 

 10   taken.  Would we be happier if it was 50 percent or

 

 11   60 percent?  We would both be happier.

 

 12             DR. FURBERG:  I'm just suggesting devote

 

 13   some effort to that as well.

 

 14             DR. METZ:  Yes, I agree.  And the second

 

 15   point that you made, I'm sorry, Dr. Furberg, was?

 

 16             DR. FURBERG:  The physicians, the lower

 

 17   reporting of adverse events.  Most of the events

 

 18   are coming from patients, which is unusual.  And

 

 19   here are they objecting to it, or is it just--

 

 20             DR. METZ:  Again, I'm not a physician.  I

 

 21   don't even play one on TV.  But I'm going to

 

 22   pretend for just a moment.

 

                                                               274

 

  1             You know, when we talk about seriousness,

 

  2   seriousness means different things to different

 

  3   people.  To a practitioner, they have a practical

 

  4   definition of seriousness based on the practice of

 

  5   medicine.  We have a regulatory definition of

 

  6   seriousness based on the regulations, and perhaps

 

  7   what we haven't done a good job of doing is

 

  8   communicating to the practitioner community what it

 

  9   is we want them to report here.  We've said you

 

 10   should report, but I'm not sure that we educated

 

 11   them as far as what to report.

 

 12             DR. GROSS:  Our next question is from

 

 13   Maria.

 

 14             DR. ANDREWS:  I was going to make the

 

 15   comment, I just wanted to make sure that you are

 

 16   aware that the participation in the survey is

 

 17   voluntary.

 

 18             DR. FURBERG:  I understand that.

 

 19             DR. ANDREWS:  And so for a voluntary

 

 20   program, the participation rate is actually quite

 

 21   high.

 

 22             DR. FURBERG:  I'd disagree with that,

 

                                                               275

 

  1             DR. SJOGREN:  Actually, I'll take up that

 

  2   point because where I work, we have several

 

  3   programs in which we do follow-up, and it is across

 

  4   the board 30-percent response.  When I looked in

 

  5   the literature, it is 30 percent no matter what.

 

  6   And so we put a follow-up program in place thinking

 

  7   that we were going to do better, and it came out

 

  8   right at 30 percent.  So their 36 percent I think

 

  9   falls within the literature, at least from what I

 

 10   recall in my research.  It's unfortunate, but

 

 11   that's us, that's human beings.  We don't like to

 

 12   answer questionnaires; we don't like to be followed

 

 13   up.  And I think that's part of the problem that

 

 14   you're facing, and I don't think you're going to be

 

 15   able to solve it.  Just look in the literature and

 

 16   you'll see everybody's 30 percent.  Actually, you

 

 17   are 6 percent above.

 

 18             But the question I wanted to--or the

 

 19   analysis that I did looking at the data and looking

 

 20   at what the FDA gave me to review is that indeed,

 

 21   although there were patients that has ischemic

 

 22   colitis, all of them resolved.  And I think, you

 

                                                               276

 

  1   know, talking as a clinician--I mean, I wear

 

  2   several hats, but one of them is as a clinician.

 

  3   If things resolve, you don't think that they are

 

  4   serious.  So that's possibly the cause why my

 

  5   colleagues are not reporting to you.

 

  6             Now, if we are in the midst of a clinical

 

  7   trial and you have an ischemic colitis or you have

 

  8   a hospitalization, then you absolutely report as a

 

  9   serious adverse event, but not in the practice of

 

 10   medicine.  And these observations are part of the

 

 11   program that you and the FDA put together.

 

 12             The fact that, when I did some rough

 

 13   calculations, you had less than 4 percent adverse

 

 14   events in this program and then, as was pointed out

 

 15   before, the serious adverse events--by seriousness

 

 16   considering ischemic colitis or some other

 

 17   diagnosis--was 0.3 percent.  So the program is a

 

 18   success in regards to if you apply this medication

 

 19   to the appropriate patient.  Then you have a small

 

 20   rate of adverse events in general and not

 

 21   dismissible but a small rate of serious adverse

 

 22   events especially when those serious adverse events

 

                                                               277

 

  1   resolve, because you remove the drug and the

 

  2   patients just can go back to their normal life.

 

  3             So I think, you know, the program that you

 

  4   put together is very good because it proved the

 

  5   point that the appropriate patient that takes the

 

  6   drug, then the risks are minimized.

 

  7             So talking now on the subject of being a

 

  8   clinician and having ten gastroenterologists that

 

  9   work with me and many friends in the community,

 

 10   I've asked in the past if they use Lotronex, and

 

 11   they've all told me no because when they enroll or

 

 12   attempted to enroll, they got boxes and boxes and

 

 13   boxes of paperwork to fill out, that it is

 

 14   horrendous.  They're very upset, the community of

 

 15   gastroenterologists in general, because there are

 

 16   patients in which, although the disease may not be

 

 17   life-threatening in the sense that they die, it is

 

 18   life-threatening in the sense that the guys cannot

 

 19   get out of the house or have to have an office

 

 20   right next to a bathroom.  There are things in

 

 21   gastroenterology that should not escape us, and I

 

 22   think the appropriate patient with this drug should

 

                                                               278

 

  1   have access to it.

 

  2             And I think that the reason for meeting

 

  3   today is to find a way to make it more accessible.

 

  4   Obviously, there were very serious side effects

 

  5   before.  There was misunderstanding.  There were

 

  6   physicians that perhaps were not following the

 

  7   letter of the intent of the FDA.  But those things

 

  8   I think we can work with and make the program more

 

  9   feasible for our patients and for our physicians.

 

 10             DR. METZ:  Okay.  That's our intent.  It's

 

 11   a continual cycle of evaluation and revision.  The

 

 12   advantage that we have right now is at least for a

 

 13   change we have some data that we can deal with as

 

 14   far as the potential impact of these things.  And,

 

 15   yes, there are things both good and bad that we

 

 16   need to address as we move forward.  But we think

 

 17   it's important to continue to make this available

 

 18   to these patients because this disease really

 

 19   insulates them from their activities of daily

 

 20   living.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  Mark, did you have a comment

 

 22   you wanted to make?

 

                                                               279

 

  1             DR. AVIGAN:  Right.  I just wanted to

 

  2   speak to the observation of the adverse events, the

 

  3   eight cases of ischemic colitis that were basically

 

  4   predicted and pretty much on track with the usage

 

  5   that currently exists.  And then the question came

 

  6   up of the distribution of severity of outcomes out

 

  7   of those eight cases.

 

  8             Just to point out that the severe

 

  9   outcomes, the bad clinical actors that were

 

 10   observed in the previous experience, and just to

 

 11   sort of go back to the April 2002 tabulation, so in

 

 12   the post-marketing sort of ratios, out of 84 cases

 

 13   of ischemic colitis, 10 developed surgical outcomes

 

 14   and two were associated with death.  So it's a

 

 15   subset of the denominator of ischemic colitis.  So

 

 16   there may--there are two possibilities.  One is the

 

 17   early observation of ischemic colitis by the

 

 18   clinician, the patient really mitigates the risk

 

 19   for a bad outcome.  But the other is that because

 

 20   there were less patients exposed, you don't have

 

 21   the full distribution of severity of outcomes

 

 22   because of purely the number that actually got the

 

                                                               280

 

  1   adverse event.

 

  2             I just wanted to point that out, and I was

 

  3   going to ask you if you--and we already spoke about

 

  4   this a bit, whether you could distinguish between

 

  5   these two because that's an important point about

 

  6   your evaluation of the success of the risk

 

  7   management.

 

  8             The second question--and I just raise it

 

  9   as a question raised before--you mentioned that of

 

 10   the patients who are currently treated, 80 percent

 

 11   have all three severity criteria.  So my

 

 12   question--and you may not have the answer, but one

 

 13   that should be raised--is:  Of those patients who

 

 14   have frequent and severe pain, which is the first

 

 15   criteria, what percentage of those have frequency

 

 16   urgency or incontinence and/or the third criteria,

 

 17   which is the restriction in lifestyle?  In other

 

 18   words, what is actually the--if you already have

 

 19   one, what is the percentage of all three in order

 

 20   to understand whether you're being overly stringent

 

 21   because 80 percent have all three?

 

 22             DR. METZ:  Let's take the second question

 

                                                               281

 

  1   first.  And, Dr. Chang, maybe from your clinical

 

  2   perspective, it's the issue that we've discussed

 

  3   around what's the likelihood that a patient would

 

  4   have one or two of these things versus having all

 

  5   three.  Again, so the issue is, you know, is it

 

  6   fair to hypothesize that this all-three phenomenon

 

  7   does really represent a severe end of the spectrum?

 

  8   Or is there something else going on here?

 

  9             DR. CHANG:  There have actually been

 

 10   studies that have shown that if you have pain,

 

 11   that's a predictor of impact of quality of life.

 

 12   So I would imagine that the patients with severe

 

 13   irritable bowel syndrome who have severe pain or

 

 14   frequent pain are really going to have number

 

 15   three, which is disability or disturbance of

 

 16   quality of life.

 

 17             There hasn't been data on the urgency or

 

 18   fecal incontinence, but you can imagine that you if

 

 19   you have fecal incontinence, you're going to have

 

 20   an impact on your quality of life every time you

 

 21   step out the door.  But if you're going to assess

 

 22   urgency and that with pain, I don't think they're

 

                                                               282

 

  1   really tied together.  I think it's tied with

 

  2   discomfort.  But with quality of life, you have to

 

  3   only look at a subgroup of IBS patients, which are

 

  4   the diarrhea predominant group.  And my guess would

 

  5   be, my impression is that urgency is probably a

 

  6   strong predictor of impact on quality of life in

 

  7   that group of patients.

 

  8             DR. METZ:  So it sounds like one and three

 

  9   and two and three go together, but one, two, and

 

 10   three seem to define, you know, a severe end of the

 

 11   spectrum.  And I guess as far as--you know, we've

 

 12   been talking about these diagnoses of special

 

 13   interests and these outcomes, and if I could just

 

 14   have Dr. Lewis make a comment from his perspective,

 

 15   having reviewed this and chairing that Safety

 

 16   Review Committee.

 

 17             DR. LEWIS:  Thank you.  I chair a Safety

 

 18   Review Committee which we look at all the events of

 

 19   special interest regarding what is reported to be

 

 20   ischemic colitis or constipation complications.

 

 21   And in doing that, it's revealing that certainly

 

 22   not all the cases that are filed as that diagnosis

 

                                                               283

 

  1   turn out to be that diagnosis.  We spent weeks

 

  2   developing criteria, methodology to put together a

 

  3   true way to diagnose these conditions, which can be

 

  4   done for any adverse event.  I mean, we do it for

 

  5   liver disease and other things.

 

  6             And with the cases that we've seen in this

 

  7   program, while many of them were ischemic colitis,

 

  8   several of them were not by the criteria that we

 

  9   use.  The first and foremost is somebody has got to

 

 10   look in the colon and see if it even looks like

 

 11   ischemic colitis.  People can have rectal bleeding

 

 12   from lots of different reasons, and pain.  It could

 

 13   be diverticulitis, for example.  So we have

 

 14   criteria that we use.

 

 15             We also then--what's not shown here is we

 

 16   made a causal relationship jump to whether Lotronex

 

 17   might have been responsible for the constipation or

 

 18   the ischemic colitis, and there we have similar

 

 19   criteria and methodology we put together, and only

 

 20   a minority of those cases could we actually say

 

 21   Lotronex seems to be responsible in a probable or a

 

 22   definite manner.

 

                                                               284

 

  1             We still don't know why ischemic colitis

 

  2   occurs.  The latest epidemiologic studies suggest

 

  3   that it might even be the very far spectrum of what

 

  4   we call irritable bowel syndrome.  Remember, we

 

  5   still are learning about this syndrome.  We now

 

  6   know it's not just with Lotronex.  Tegasorade

 

  7   (ph)--I just got my letter yesterday, the "Dear

 

  8   Doctor" letter telling me Tegasorade, which works

 

  9   on a different serotonin receptor, is also

 

 10   associated with the condition.  I haven't reviewed

 

 11   those cases so I don't know how accurate it is.

 

 12   But it is a learning process.  I think we're

 

 13   learning more about ischemic colitis in the last

 

 14   couple of years and into the future than we ever

 

 15   expected to, and it's important that we do that.

 

 16             But just in terms of what we continue to

 

 17   do is try to identify in the future what patients

 

 18   might be at risk, and that will be very important

 

 19   to know so that we might not give certain patients

 

 20   Lotronex or the other drugs as well, because right

 

 21   now we don't know.  And some form of monitoring is

 

 22   certainly important.  An educational program that

 

                                                               285

 

  1   we're doing and telling patients what to expect and

 

  2   stopping the drug if they get those symptoms is

 

  3   crucial.

 

  4             DR. GROSS:  We have three more questioners

 

  5   before we close for the afternoon:  Art, Annette,

 

  6   and Jackie.

 

  7             MR. LEVIN:  I've been struggling with how

 

  8   to put this as a question rather than a rant, but

 

  9   first of all, just a few comments and then my

 

 10   question.

 

 11             I assume you're aware that in the context

 

 12   of risk management programs, this is risk

 

 13   management lite compared to some others.  There are

 

 14   other programs out there that manage the

 

 15   prescribing and dispensing of medications about

 

 16   which we serious questions as to the trade-offs

 

 17   between risks and benefits and a lot of unknowns

 

 18   that manage it much more rigidly than this does.

 

 19   And the notion that we're scaring patients away, I

 

 20   mean, I would call your attention to the Med Guide,

 

 21   which I think is mild and doesn't even follow the

 

 22   guidelines in having the black box warning at the

 

                                                               286

 

  1   top of the Med Guide.  It gets into the risks, I

 

  2   think, in a very general way.

 

  3             That said, it strikes me in listening to

 

  4   your presentation that you're looking to the wrong

 

  5   entity to fix the problem, if there is indeed a

 

  6   problem with access, because I think having

 

  7   barriers is what risk management is about.  I mean,

 

  8   it sort of defines it.

 

  9             I think we have to recognize that this was

 

 10   an extraordinary case, the first time in history

 

 11   where a drug which had been withdrawn came back on

 

 12   the market and about which there was little known

 

 13   about how to predict risk, and that everybody,

 

 14   including all of the patients that testified that

 

 15   day, seemed willing to ensure this special program

 

 16   in order to have access to the drug.

 

 17             I think the problem is in the prescribing

 

 18   community.  I mean, I would ask you to think about

 

 19   where is the problem.  And I am somewhat--I'll use

 

 20   the word--angry that the prescribing community

 

 21   describes a conversation with a patient about

 

 22   benefit and risk and signing their name to a

 

                                                               287

 

  1   page-and-a-quarter attestation as so burdensome

 

  2   that they opt out of this program.  And it strikes

 

  3   me that if a physician believes that this is a drug

 

  4   for the patient sitting in front of them, it

 

  5   borders on either misconduct or malpractice not to

 

  6   prescribe that drug because they have to sign an

 

  7   attestation or they have to go into a program which

 

  8   is designed to protect them and to protect the

 

  9   patient from harm.

 

 10             I would argue that your education--it's

 

 11   not a matter of relaxing the risk management

 

 12   program.  It's a question of educating the

 

 13   prescribing community that the things they're

 

 14   afraid of they should not be afraid of, that this

 

 15   program is in place to benefit everybody, and

 

 16   they've got to give it a chance.  And maybe if we

 

 17   do learn how to identify patients that are at risk

 

 18   and can be more scientific in selecting who gets

 

 19   this drug and not, we can change the program.

 

 20             To date, there's no more data than we've

 

 21   ever had, and I would argue to look to altering the

 

 22   risk management program at this stage is simply

 

                                                               288

 

  1   unacceptable in terms of protecting the public

 

  2   health.  And I think really what we should be

 

  3   thinking about is how do we educate the prescriber

 

  4   community to get over their fear and to prescribe

 

  5   this drug when they believe it's appropriate for a

 

  6   patient.  You guys are very good at educating

 

  7   doctors about your products.  You detail very well.

 

  8   And I don't know why you can't be doing educational

 

  9   detailing to that effect.

 

 10             DR. METZ:  On that?

 

 11             MR. LEVIN:  Yes.

 

 12             DR. METZ:  I didn't hear the question so--

 

 13             [Laughter.]

 

 14             VOICE:  It qualifies as a rant.

 

 15             DR. METZ:  You said you weren't going to

 

 16   do that, but I feel--so do you feel comfortable

 

 17   with my answer then?  Thank you.  I mean--

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  You can advise physicians

 

 19   there are billing codes for time they spend with a

 

 20   patient, which goes along with Art's comment.

 

 21             Annette?

 

 22             DR. STEMHAGEN:  I just wanted to confirm,

 

                                                               289

 

  1   in terms of the evaluation criteria, we're

 

  2   talking--I think you have Slides 45 and 46--about

 

  3   compliance and appropriateness.  And very high

 

  4   percentages, everybody looks great.  But my

 

  5   understanding is this is only based on that 36

 

  6   percent.  So we could be getting the best compliers

 

  7   because they're the people feeling motivated, I'm

 

  8   doing what I should and I'm going to tell you about

 

  9   it.  So understanding all the limitations of survey

 

 10   research, I do it all the time, trying to urge that

 

 11   there be some other mechanisms put in place to

 

 12   evaluate it, to get a higher percent so we can

 

 13   really feel comforted by the percentages.

 

 14             DR. METZ:  You know, we put that program

 

 15   in place.  That's the claims-based epidemiological

 

 16   research which was to look at that at the back end,

 

 17   if you will.  But, unfortunately, that aspect of

 

 18   the program is dependent on patient uptake, and

 

 19   right now it's not providing any value.

 

 20             DR. STEMHAGEN:  Well, I'm not sure

 

 21   exactly--in terms of the claims database, there are

 

 22   patients' self-reported criteria for whether you

 

                                                               290

 

  1   are the right candidate, and that's not going to be

 

  2   captured in the claims database.  You'll have to go

 

  3   back to the records, and that may still not be

 

  4   captured unless the physician specifically asks

 

  5   those questions.

 

  6             So while I agree it's another evaluation

 

  7   tool and I think it's an important one, I'm not

 

  8   sure it's going to get to all of these questions,

 

  9   either.

 

 10             DR. METZ:  You know, again, you're right.

 

 11   We have to make some qualitative assumptions about

 

 12   the generalizability of that cohort, you know, to

 

 13   all patients that are receiving Lotronex.  And you

 

 14   heard Dr. Andrews speak to the kinds of things that

 

 15   we're looking at.  But, you know, you can't say

 

 16   definitely, you know, these people are

 

 17   representative.  We hope that they are, obviously.

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  Jackie?

 

 19             DR. GARDNER:  In 2002, when we met, one of

 

 20   the discussions was around whether to restrict

 

 21   prescribing to gastroenterologists, and I recall

 

 22   that the Chairman of the Gastroenterology Advisory

 

                                                               291

 

  1   Committee, I think--I may be ascribing it

 

  2   incorrectly to him--said that won't work because

 

  3   some of us have taken our practice in some other

 

  4   directions--and I wanted to say liver disease or

 

  5   something that he said.  And so that's why it

 

  6   wasn't restricted to gastroenterologists;

 

  7   therefore, an attestation program was set up with

 

  8   their concurrence because not every gastroenterologist knows

 

  9   guts and so on--

 

 10             DR. METZ:  Is going to look at IBS, right.

 

 11             DR. GARDNER:  Right, exactly.  And some

 

 12   family practitioners really do.

 

 13             I'm struck by the difference in this

 

 14   meeting and one we had a couple of months ago

 

 15   around Accutane, in which those prescribers also

 

 16   are severely restricted.  They have the same kind

 

 17   of sit-down and sign things.  They've got to do

 

 18   pregnancy tests.  And we heard a lot about a lot of

 

 19   things at that time, but I didn't hear this kind of

 

 20   resistance to getting involved in these programs.

 

 21             So my point is that FDA, with a risk

 

 22   management program that is at least as onerous as

 

                                                               292

 

  1   this one, nonetheless, has somehow managed to find

 

  2   a way to make it more acceptable to the

 

  3   constituency such that, as you know, not only is

 

  4   Accutane tremendously prescribed, more even than we

 

  5   probably would want it to be, perhaps, but it also

 

  6   has four generics and yada, yada.  I mean, it's not

 

  7   running into this prescribing limitation issue.

 

  8   And so I would suggest that you all look to models

 

  9   within FDA for ways to handle this attestation to

 

 10   make it--to eliminate this accessibility burden.

 

 11             DR. METZ:  And, again, we take the point

 

 12   on perhaps an additional educational focus.  We do

 

 13   have a large educational program ongoing, and,

 

 14   again, that's another area where one could make

 

 15   modifications and see if you can get some

 

 16   incremental gain out of that.  But that's a

 

 17   multifactorial problem.  Let's face it.  There are

 

 18   lot of things intersecting here that need to be

 

 19   addressed in a careful, prudent way.  And I think

 

 20   that's what we're about here.

 

 21             DR. GROSS:  A special request from

 

 22   Stephanie for the last word.

 

                                                               293

 

  1             DR. CRAWFORD:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

 

  2   Actually, I was just asking for a word, not

 

  3   necessarily the last.

 

  4             I would like to actually give you a kudo

 

  5   because I've read some of the press that appear

 

  6   today--that made it appear that the risk management

 

  7   program is negative before we had this meeting.  I

 

  8   want to congratulate you on your risk management

 

  9   program for alosetron because many aspects of the

 

 10   program seem to be working.

 

 11             From the information presented, one of the

 

 12   major concerns that this committee expressed two

 

 13   years ago was what appeared to be a very large,

 

 14   inappropriate prescribing.  Without a question,

 

 15   that has gone down.  I am not convinced that the

 

 16   low numbers of prescriptions of patients is due

 

 17   mainly to unreasonable barriers.  It could be that

 

 18   it's being prescribed more appropriately and

 

 19   patients are making good, informed decisions.  We

 

 20   don't know.  I know all the discussion we've had

 

 21   from that.

 

 22             That said, however, I am in favor of any

 

                                                               294

 

  1   improvements to the existing programs.  Specifically for me,

 

  2   I would be in favor of revising any

 

  3   language that would ensure that the patient

 

  4   agreement forms are clear and informative, and I

 

  5   will just leave it at that, and also possibly

 

  6   extending the supply, dispense.  I don't want to

 

  7   discuss in terms of what you say, the refill

 

  8   phenomenon as much as I prefer that any changes be

 

  9   in terms of the day supply, because it's a huge

 

 10   difference if the physician prescribes a 30-day

 

 11   supply and you can refill it three times versus if

 

 12   he or she prescribes a 90-day supply that you're

 

 13   refilling three times.  So think in terms of day

 

 14   supply, not refill, if there is any change to that.

 

 15             Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

 

 16             DR. GROSS:  A pleasure, Ms. Vice Chairman.

 

 17             [Laughter.]

 

 18             DR. GROSS:  We began the meeting and we'll

 

 19   end the meeting with a thank you to Brian Strom for

 

 20   his invaluable service to the committee.  We really

 

 21   appreciate having you as a colleague over the last

 

 22   few years.  Would you like to make any comments?

 

                                                               295

 

  1             DR. STROM:  Sure.  Thank you.  I guess I

 

  2   began with a comment, and it's only fitting I end

 

  3   with a comment.

 

  4             I just wanted to follow up on a few loose

 

  5   ends and some comments that were made.  One is I

 

  6   think compared to Accutane, and in response to

 

  7   Art's comment also, there's a big difference here

 

  8   in efficacy.  And I think to blame it on the

 

  9   physicians and to say the physicians don't want to

 

 10   prescribe it--well, there may be a reason they

 

 11   don't want to prescribe it.  That's something to

 

 12   keep in mind.

 

 13             Second, I think the use of the claims

 

 14   databases make sense.  I think it is striking that

 

 15   the proportion of users in the claims databases,

 

 16   given the population numbers we saw, is much lower

 

 17   than the proportion of the general population we're

 

 18   seeing.  So what it's saying is our managed care

 

 19   organizations are saying don't use this, even more

 

 20   than the rest of the general public is.

 

 21             Third, Curt talked about 36 percent and

 

 22   the concerns of 36 percent, and there was a lot of

 

                                                               296

 

  1   argument about 36 percent.  Personally, as an

 

  2   epidemiologist, I would consider that a shockingly

 

  3   low number.  On the other hand, I think it's

 

  4   important to realize certainly no NIH grant would

 

  5   get funded with anything less than 80 or 90

 

  6   percent.  From a marketing study, it's high, but

 

  7   it's--I think we heard in the Accutane situation

 

  8   about numbers that were comparable.  So I don't

 

  9   fault the survey, necessarily.  I think in part

 

 10   it's the situation.  But I think it's important

 

 11   that what that means is we're missing two-thirds of

 

 12   the people and we're missing, as Annette was

 

 13   saying, the two-thirds that are probably most

 

 14   likely to be the problem people.  So we can't rely

 

 15   on those data because they're giving us biased

 

 16   information.

 

 17             The same thing in underreporting.

 

 18   Clearly, there's vast underreporting, as you

 

 19   indicated.  I don't blame the system because docs

 

 20   don't report, you know, exactly as you're saying.

 

 21   But what it does mean is the rates we're looking at

 

 22   here are much lower than the real rates that are

 

                                                               297

 

  1   out there.

 

  2             I want to emphasize again that part of the

 

  3   goal here is to create a barrier, and the barrier

 

  4   is working.  And so the goal isn't to eliminate the

 

  5   barrier.

 

  6             And I'll conclude with just a comment.  I

 

  7   was one of those who was skeptical of the program

 

  8   two years ago.  I think it's working.  I mean, I am

 

  9   very encouraged in many ways by what we're seeing.

 

 10   I wouldn't want it changed in major ways.  Until we

 

 11   have data on predictors of efficacy or predictors

 

 12   of adverse events, then I think it should be

 

 13   refocused accordingly.

 

 14             DR. GROSS:  I'd like to thank Glaxo and

 

 15   the FDA people for their presentations and input,

 

 16   and once again thank the Advisory Committee members

 

 17   and advisers for their comments.  Thank you all.

 

 18   Have a good trip home.

 

 19             [Whereupon, at 4:29 p.m., the meeting was

 

 20   adjourned.]

 

 21                              - - -